Upload
a
View
222
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 1/403
Title page
Alcatel-Lucent 1830Photonic Service Switch - 4 (PSS- 4) | Release 6.0
Installation and System Turn-up Guide
3KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZAIssue 2 | October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 2/403
Legal notice
Legal notice
Alcatel, Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other trademarks are the property of their respective
owners.
The information presented is subject to change without notice. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for inaccuracies contained herein.
Copyright © 2013Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Legal notice
Alcatel, Lucent, Alcatel-Lucent and the Alcatel-Lucent logo are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent. All other trademarks are the property of their respectiveowners.
The information presented is subject to change without notice. Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for inaccuracies contained herein.
Copyright © 2012Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Conformance statements
Interference Information: Part 15 of FCC Rules
Security statement
In rare instances, unauthorized individuals make connections to the telecommunications network through the use of remote access features. In such an event,
applicable tariffs require that the customer pay all network charges for traffic. Alcatel-Lucent cannot be responsible for such charges and will not make any
allowance or give any credit for charges that result from unauthorized access.
Limited warranty
For terms and conditions of sale, contact your Alcatel-Lucent Account Team.
Ordering Information
For more ordering information, refer to "How to order" in the section titled "about this document."
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 3/403
Contents
About this document
Purpose ........................................................................................................................................................................................... xixxix
Reason for reissue ...................................................................................................................................................................... xixxix
Intended audience ........................................................................................................................................................................ xxxx
How to use this document ........................................................................................................................................................ xxxx
Safety information ..................................................................................................................................................................... xxixxi
Conventions used .......................................................................................................................................................................
xxixxi
Related information ................................................................................................................................................................. xxiixxii
Document support ................................................................................................................................................................... xxivxxiv
Technical support ..................................................................................................................................................................... xxivxxiv
How to order .............................................................................................................................................................................. xxivxxiv
How to comment ...................................................................................................................................................................... xxivxxiv
1 Safety
Structure of safety statements ............................................................................................................................................... 1-11-1
2 Equipment Installation
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 2-12-1
Before you begin ....................................................................................................................................................................... 2-22-2
Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 ........................................................................................................... 2-72-7
AC Filter Installation and Replacement ......................................................................................................................... 2-172-17
Half-slot adapter installation .............................................................................................................................................. 2-212-21
Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 .................................................................................... 2-242-24
Verify installation and seat packs ..................................................................................................................................... 2-432-43
ID module replacement ........................................................................................................................................................ 2-442-44
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
iii
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 4/403
Procedure to connect Rack lamp ...................................................................................................................................... 2-452-45
Line Driver Port Attributes ................................................................................................................................................. 2-482-48
Replacing a card ...................................................................................................................................................................... 2-512-51
1DPP24M Installation procedures ...................................................................................................................................
2-552-55
11DPE12, 11DPE12A and 11DPE12E Installation procedure .............................................................................. 2-612-61
11QPA4 and 11QPA4A Installation procedure ............................................................................................................ 2-662-66
11QPE24 Installation procedure ....................................................................................................................................... 2-712-71
112PDM11 Installation procedure ................................................................................................................................... 2-742-74
4DPA2/4DPA4 Installation Procedure ............................................................................................................................ 2-782-78
4QPA8 Installation procedure ............................................................................................................................................ 2-812-81
PTPCTL Installation procedures ....................................................................................................................................... 2-852-85
PTPIO Installation procedures .......................................................................................................................................... 2-912-91
SPD Shelf Installation procedures ................................................................................................................................... 2-952-95
Shelf cover installation ...................................................................................................................................................... 2-1032-103
3 Fan and air filter installation
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 3-13-1
Fan installation and replacement ......................................................................................................................................... 3-23-2
Fan air filter replacement ....................................................................................................................................................... 3-43-4
4 Stand-alone node set-up
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 4-14-1
Required materials .................................................................................................................................................................... 4-24-2
Preconditioning .......................................................................................................................................................................... 4-64-6
Connect to the NE and initialize database .......................................................................................................................
4-74-7
Connect to the NE for CLI access .................................................................................................................................... 4-164-16
Configure the software environment and load, and commit the software ......................................................... 4-184-18
Set the NE to operate in SDH mode ................................................................................................................................ 4-274-27
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
iv Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 5/403
Set the loopback IP address ................................................................................................................................................ 4-284-28
Configure networking information .................................................................................................................................. 4-304-30
Configure GNE for management system access ......................................................................................................... 4-354-35
Set the network element date and time ...........................................................................................................................
4-414-41
Disable the ES port monitoring ......................................................................................................................................... 4-474-47
Firmware Update .................................................................................................................................................................... 4-504-50
Update firmware on all circuit packs .............................................................................................................................. 4-524-52
Circuit Pack Handling .......................................................................................................................................................... 4-524-52
Configure additional system properties .......................................................................................................................... 4-584-58
Example configuration of FTP server ............................................................................................................................. 4-604-60
5 Circuit connections
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 5-15-1
Provision new wavelength service ..................................................................................................................................... 5-25-2
Perform power adjustments ................................................................................................................................................ 5-135-13
Delete wavelength service ................................................................................................................................................... 5-295-29
Provision transponder for connection to an unmanaged network element ........................................................ 5-345-34
5-min timer during service turn-up .................................................................................................................................. 5-415-41
Configure keyed service on PSS4 Regen link ............................................................................................................. 5-465-46
6 System Turn-up and commissioning
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 6-16-1
Network commissioning background ................................................................................................................................ 6-26-2
Preconditioning procedure ..................................................................................................................................................... 6-56-5
Establish connection to the network ..................................................................................................................................
6-76-7
Provision the system ............................................................................................................................................................. 6-146-14
Commission a FOADM system ........................................................................................................................................ 6-236-23
Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines ................................................................................................. 6-426-42
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
v
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 6/403
Prepare unkeyed FOADM system for additional services ...................................................................................... 6-536-53
Set opposite port of Unidirectional Amplifier ............................................................................................................. 6-586-58
Disconnect PC from the Network .................................................................................................................................... 6-596-59
Understanding the loss report ............................................................................................................................................
6-606-60
Generate and review system loss report ......................................................................................................................... 6-676-67
Troubleshooting failed adjustments ................................................................................................................................. 6-746-74
7 Performance verification testing and data retrieval
Overview ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 7-17-1
Perform database backups ..................................................................................................................................................... 7-17-1
A Fiber cleaning
Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................... A-1A-1
Cleaning optical connectors ................................................................................................................................................. A-3A-3
Inspecting optical connectors .............................................................................................................................................. A-6A-6
Cleaning other optical components ................................................................................................................................... A-7A-7
B Tightening torque
Overview ..................................................................................................................................................................................... B-1B-1
Nominal tightening torques .................................................................................................................................................. B-1B-1
Glossary
Index
Contents
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
vi Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 7/403
List of tables
1 Reason for reissue ...................................................................................................................................................... xixxix
2 Chapter contents .......................................................................................................................................................... xxxx
3 Documents reference ............................................................................................................................................... xxiixxii
2-1 Office power connection and cable color ....................................................................................................... 2-252-25
2-2 Test and expected results ...................................................................................................................................... 2-262-26
2-3 Power connection test and Results .................................................................................................................... 2-292-29
2-4 Shelf ID and Settings .............................................................................................................................................
2-312-31
2-5 Timing cable wire pin number description .................................................................................................... 2-632-63
2-6 E1 2MHz 1PPS ToD cable wire diagram ....................................................................................................... 2-862-86
2-7 E1/DS1 2 MHz 1PPS ToD cable wire diagram ............................................................................................ 2-872-87
4-1 New CIT cable pin assignments ........................................................................................................................... 4-34-3
4-2 Shelf ID and settings .............................................................................................................................................. 4-254-25
6-1 Report contents ........................................................................................................................................................ 6-626-62
6-2 Loss value field loss report explanations ........................................................................................................ 6-636-63
6-3 Notes field terms and definitions ....................................................................................................................... 6-646-64
6-4 Highlighting loss report rules ............................................................................................................................. 6-656-65
6-5 Minimum EPT parameters for network element ......................................................................................... 6-676-67
6-6 Loss report fields ..................................................................................................................................................... 6-726-72
6-7 Loss report error messages .................................................................................................................................. 6-746-74
A-1 Tools for cleaning optical fiber connectors .....................................................................................................
A-3A-3
B-1 Nominal tightening torques ................................................................................................................................... B-1B-1
B-2 Nominal tightening torques when using washers ......................................................................................... B-2B-2
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
vii
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 8/403
List of tables
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
viii Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 9/403
List of figures
2-1 PSS-4 slot number label (3KC13252AA) position ....................................................................................... 2-32-3
2-2 Showing compliance and safety warnings ....................................................................................................... 2-52-5
2-3 eSFP plugged in 112PDM11 with extended cover (3KC13331AAAA) ............................................. 2-152-15
2-4 Attenuator used on 112PDM11 with extended cover ................................................................................ 2-162-16
2-5 E4PFACK card ......................................................................................................................................................... 2-192-19
2-6 Half slot adapter install tool - view1 ................................................................................................................ 2-222-22
2-7 Half slot adapter install tool - view2 ................................................................................................................
2-232-23
2-8 Rear ground attachment point ............................................................................................................................ 2-242-24
2-9 Power Cable .............................................................................................................................................................. 2-262-26
2-10 Power cables installed (front cover open) ...................................................................................................... 2-272-27
2-11 Power cables management to the left of the shelf ....................................................................................... 2-282-28
2-12 Power cables management beneath the shelf ................................................................................................ 2-292-29
2-13 Shelf ID ....................................................................................................................................................................... 2-312-31
2-14 Fibers Placement ..................................................................................................................................................... 2-322-32
2-15 Short LC fiber boot ................................................................................................................................................. 2-332-33
2-16 Rear ground attachment point ............................................................................................................................ 2-352-35
2-17 CA-AC Power supply cable ................................................................................................................................ 2-362-36
2-18 Connecting CA-AC cable to AC cable adaptor ............................................................................................ 2-372-37
2-19 E4PFACK power input port ................................................................................................................................ 2-382-38
2-20 E4PFACK power input port - another view ..................................................................................................
2-392-39
2-21 CA-AC cable routing ............................................................................................................................................. 2-402-40
2-22 AC filter switch OFF ............................................................................................................................................. 2-412-41
2-23 AC filter switch ON ............................................................................................................................................... 2-422-42
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
ix
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 10/403
2-24 Cable - Rack lamp connection ............................................................................................................................ 2-452-45
2-25 TRU - connectors location ................................................................................................................................... 2-462-46
2-26 TRU front view ........................................................................................................................................................ 2-472-47
2-27 Bi-directional amplifier .........................................................................................................................................
2-482-48
2-28 Uni-directional amplifier ...................................................................................................................................... 2-482-48
2-29 Set opposite direction port ................................................................................................................................... 2-492-49
2-30 Create external connection .................................................................................................................................. 2-502-50
2-31 E1 cable ...................................................................................................................................................................... 2-562-56
2-32 E1 pin assignment table ........................................................................................................................................ 2-562-56
2-33 E1 wire diagram ...................................................................................................................................................... 2-572-57
2-34 11DPE12 card face plate ...................................................................................................................................... 2-612-61
2-35 11DPE12A card views ........................................................................................................................................... 2-622-62
2-36 11DPE12E card face plate ................................................................................................................................... 2-622-62
2-37 Timing cable wire diagram .................................................................................................................................. 2-632-63
2-38 PSS4 shelf view ....................................................................................................................................................... 2-642-64
2-39 11QPA4 card views ................................................................................................................................................ 2-662-66
2-40 Lock the card ............................................................................................................................................................
2-672-67
2-41 Angled boot fiber connector ............................................................................................................................... 2-682-68
2-42 Connect fibers to ports .......................................................................................................................................... 2-682-68
2-43 Ports linked by jumpers ........................................................................................................................................ 2-692-69
2-44 11QPE24 card views .............................................................................................................................................. 2-712-71
2-45 PSS4 shelf view ....................................................................................................................................................... 2-722-72
2-46 112PDM11 Card ...................................................................................................................................................... 2-742-74
2-47 Card locked in place ............................................................................................................................................... 2-752-75
2-48 Angled boot fiber connector ............................................................................................................................... 2-762-76
2-49 Fibers connected to ports ...................................................................................................................................... 2-762-76
2-50 Shelf cover ................................................................................................................................................................. 2-772-77
List of figures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
x Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 11/403
2-51 4DPA2 card face plate ........................................................................................................................................... 2-782-78
2-52 Lock the card - 4DPA2 .......................................................................................................................................... 2-792-79
2-53 4QPA8 card ............................................................................................................................................................... 2-812-81
2-54 Card locked in place ...............................................................................................................................................
2-822-82
2-55 Angled boot fiber connector ............................................................................................................................... 2-832-83
2-56 Fibers connected to ports ...................................................................................................................................... 2-832-83
2-57 Shelf cover ................................................................................................................................................................. 2-842-84
2-58 PTPCTL card overview ........................................................................................................................................ 2-852-85
2-59 E1 2MHz 1PPS ToD cable ................................................................................................................................... 2-862-86
2-60 E1/DS1 2MHz 1PPS ToD cable ........................................................................................................................ 2-872-87
2-61 Card locked in place ............................................................................................................................................... 2-882-88
2-62 Angled boot fiber connector ............................................................................................................................... 2-892-89
2-63 Fibers connected to ports ...................................................................................................................................... 2-892-89
2-64 Shelf cover ................................................................................................................................................................. 2-902-90
2-65 LC adaptors ............................................................................................................................................................... 2-912-91
2-66 LC interface assignments ..................................................................................................................................... 2-922-92
2-67 Card locked in place ...............................................................................................................................................
2-932-93
2-68 Angled boot fiber connector ............................................................................................................................... 2-932-93
2-69 Fibers connected to ports ...................................................................................................................................... 2-942-94
2-70 Shelf cover ................................................................................................................................................................. 2-942-94
2-71 SPD installation for a 19 inch ANSI rack ...................................................................................................... 2-952-95
2-72 SPD installation for a 23 inch ANSI rack ...................................................................................................... 2-962-96
2-73 Bay frame ................................................................................................................................................................... 2-972-97
2-74 Power supply cable ................................................................................................................................................. 2-982-98
2-75 Plugging the connector .......................................................................................................................................... 2-992-99
2-76 Cable tie ...................................................................................................................................................................... 2-992-99
2-77 SPD unit connects to the AC filter ................................................................................................................. 2-1002-100
List of figures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
xi
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 12/403
2-78 AC filter switch - OFF status ........................................................................................................................... 2-1012-101
2-79 AC filter switch - ON status ............................................................................................................................. 2-1022-102
3-1 1830 PSS-4 fan module ........................................................................................................................................... 3-33-3
3-2 Air filter removal .......................................................................................................................................................
3-53-5
4-1 New CIT cable ............................................................................................................................................................ 4-34-3
4-2 New CIT cable (another view) .............................................................................................................................. 4-44-4
4-3 PC command window .............................................................................................................................................. 4-74-7
4-4 Login Screen ............................................................................................................................................................... 4-84-8
4-5 WebUI invalid database warning ......................................................................................................................... 4-94-9
4-6 NE restart info .......................................................................................................................................................... 4-104-10
4-7 WebUI NE name prompt ...................................................................................................................................... 4-104-10
4-8 NE System properties screen .............................................................................................................................. 4-114-11
4-9 WebUI NE restart progress window ................................................................................................................. 4-114-11
4-10 Warning Message for Loopback IP change ................................................................................................... 4-124-12
4-11 Windows Firewall settings ................................................................................................................................... 4-204-20
4-12 Default route box ..................................................................................................................................................... 4-314-31
4-13 Default route .............................................................................................................................................................
4-314-31
4-14 OSPF settings ........................................................................................................................................................... 4-324-32
4-15 Create OSPF Area ................................................................................................................................................... 4-334-33
4-16 New OSPF area created ........................................................................................................................................ 4-334-33
4-17 WebUI OAMP port provisioning ...................................................................................................................... 4-364-36
4-18 WebUI IP routes menu .......................................................................................................................................... 4-374-37
4-19 WebUI IP routes window ..................................................................................................................................... 4-374-37
4-20 WebUI Create IP route window ......................................................................................................................... 4-384-38
4-21 WebUI IP routes window with new route ...................................................................................................... 4-394-39
4-22 NTP Servers screen ................................................................................................................................................ 4-434-43
4-23 Create NTP Server screen .................................................................................................................................... 4-444-44
List of figures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xii Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 13/403
4-24 Network Time Protocol Properties screen ..................................................................................................... 4-454-45
4-25 Firmware .................................................................................................................................................................... 4-504-50
4-26 Circuit pack handling - Example 1 ................................................................................................................... 4-534-53
4-27 Circuit pack handling - Example 2 ...................................................................................................................
4-534-53
4-28 Circuit pack handling - Example 3 ................................................................................................................... 4-544-54
4-29 Circuit pack handling - Example 4 ................................................................................................................... 4-544-54
4-30 Improper handling of the circuit pack - Example 5 .................................................................................... 4-554-55
4-31 Improper handling of the circuit pack - Example 6 .................................................................................... 4-564-56
4-32 Proper LC Connector Handling ......................................................................................................................... 4-574-57
4-33 Broken OSC Fibers ................................................................................................................................................ 4-574-57
4-34 FileZilla connect to server window .................................................................................................................. 4-614-61
4-35 FileZilla server window ........................................................................................................................................ 4-624-62
4-36 FileZilla groups menu ........................................................................................................................................... 4-634-63
4-37 FileZilla groups window ....................................................................................................................................... 4-634-63
4-38 FileZilla add group window ................................................................................................................................ 4-644-64
4-39 FileZilla groups shared folders window ......................................................................................................... 4-654-65
4-40 FileZilla browse folder window .........................................................................................................................
4-664-66
4-41 FileZilla users menu ............................................................................................................................................... 4-674-67
4-42 FileZilla users window .......................................................................................................................................... 4-684-68
4-43 FileZilla add user window ................................................................................................................................... 4-694-69
4-44 FileZilla users shared folders window ............................................................................................................. 4-704-70
4-45 FileZilla browse folder window ......................................................................................................................... 4-714-71
5-1 1354 RM-PhM physical topology menu ........................................................................................................... 5-25-2
5-2 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology window ....................................................................... 5-35-3
5-3 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology connect button .......................................................... 5-45-4
5-4 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE inventory window ................................................................................ 5-55-5
5-5 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM unassigned port menu ................................................................................ 5-65-6
List of figures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
xiii
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 14/403
5-6 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM assign client port .......................................................................................... 5-65-6
5-7 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM client admin status up menu .................................................................... 5-75-7
5-8 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service menu ..................................................... 5-85-8
5-9 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 1 .....................................................
5-85-8
5-10 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 2 .................................................. 5-105-10
5-11 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 3 .................................................. 5-115-11
5-12 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 4 .................................................. 5-125-12
5-13 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 5 .................................................. 5-125-12
5-14 1354 RM-PhM power management service .................................................................................................. 5-145-14
5-15 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM zed bar adjustment .................................................................................... 5-155-15
5-16 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM zed bar adjustment .................................................................................... 5-165-16
5-17 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power level reading .................................................................................. 5-175-17
5-18 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM channel powers menu selection ........................................................... 5-185-18
5-19 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM all channel powers .................................................................................... 5-195-19
5-20 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM set power gain ............................................................................................ 5-205-20
5-21 1354 RM-PhM power level reading ................................................................................................................. 5-225-22
5-22 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power level reading ..................................................................................
5-245-24
5-23 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM channel powers menu selection ........................................................... 5-255-25
5-24 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM all channel powers .................................................................................... 5-265-26
5-25 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM set power gain ............................................................................................ 5-275-27
5-26 1354 RM-PhM all channel powers ................................................................................................................... 5-285-28
5-27 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power management provisioning ........................................................ 5-295-29
5-28 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM delete button ............................................................................................... 5-305-30
5-29 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power management provisioning ........................................................ 5-305-30
5-30 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology menu ......................................................................... 5-315-31
5-31 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision topology window .................................................................. 5-325-32
5-32 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology disconnect button ................................................. 5-325-32
List of figures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xiv Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 15/403
5-33 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology disconnect warning .............................................. 5-335-33
5-34 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE inventory window ............................................................................. 5-355-35
5-35 1354 RM-PhM unassigned port menu ............................................................................................................. 5-365-36
5-36 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM assign client port .......................................................................................
5-365-36
5-37 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM define ITU channel ................................................................................... 5-375-37
5-38 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE programmed network output power ........................................... 5-385-38
5-39 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology menu ......................................................................... 5-395-39
5-40 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM create unmanaged external connection ............................................. 5-395-39
5-41 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM unmanaged connection warning .......................................................... 5-405-40
5-42 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM enter external topology window .......................................................... 5-405-40
5-43 An example of network service ........................................................................................................................ 5-415-41
5-44 An example of turn-up process for an auto-power managed and auto-keyed service ................... 5-435-43
5-45 1830 PSS-4 Regen bus link ................................................................................................................................. 5-465-46
6-1 Decomposition of mesh network into constituent systems ........................................................................ 6-36-3
6-2 1354 RM-PhM login screen .................................................................................................................................. 6-96-9
6-3 1354 RM-PhM new server/port window .......................................................................................................... 6-96-9
6-4 1354 RM-PhM new server/port window ........................................................................................................
6-106-10
6-5 1354 RM-PhM topology view screen .............................................................................................................. 6-106-10
6-6 1354 RM-PhM auto discovery settings ........................................................................................................... 6-116-11
6-7 1354 RM-PhM create network element .......................................................................................................... 6-126-12
6-8 1354 RM-PhM newly discovered NE’s .......................................................................................................... 6-136-13
6-9 CPB login window .................................................................................................................................................. 6-156-15
6-10 CPB main window .................................................................................................................................................. 6-166-16
6-11 CPB provision system wizard overview ......................................................................................................... 6-176-17
6-12 1354 RM-PhM provision system wizard options ........................................................................................ 6-186-18
6-13 1354 RM-PhM provision system wizard select planning tool output file .......................................... 6-196-19
6-14 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision system node list ..................................................................... 6-206-20
List of figures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
xv
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 16/403
6-15 1354 RM-PhM provision system wizard stages .......................................................................................... 6-216-21
6-16 Commissioning service for a FOADM system ............................................................................................ 6-246-24
6-17 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM wavelength service provisioning completion ................................. 6-256-25
6-18 1354 RM-PhM wavelength services ................................................................................................................
6-266-26
6-19 1354 RM-PhM power A-Z button ..................................................................................................................... 6-266-26
6-20 1354 RM-PhM power adjust ............................................................................................................................... 6-276-27
6-21 1354 RM-PhM set commissioning flag message ........................................................................................ 6-286-28
6-22 1354 RM-PhM zed bar adjustment ................................................................................................................... 6-296-29
6-23 1354 RM-PhM zed bar adjustment ................................................................................................................... 6-306-30
6-24 1354 RM-PhM power level reading ................................................................................................................. 6-326-32
6-25 1354 RM-PhM power adjust menu .................................................................................................................. 6-336-33
6-26 1354 RM-PhM facility/connection window .................................................................................................. 6-346-34
6-27 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power level reading .................................................................................. 6-366-36
6-28 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power level reading .................................................................................. 6-386-38
6-29 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power adjust menu ................................................................................... 6-396-39
6-30 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM facility/connection window ................................................................... 6-406-40
6-31 Commissioning service for a FOADM system ............................................................................................
6-436-43
6-32 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM per channel target output power .......................................................... 6-456-45
6-33 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM adjust output power .................................................................................. 6-466-46
6-34 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM wavelength services list .......................................................................... 6-476-47
6-35 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power gain adjustment ............................................................................ 6-486-48
6-36 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM wavelength services list .......................................................................... 6-506-50
6-37 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM per channel target output power .......................................................... 6-546-54
6-38 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM adjust output power .................................................................................. 6-556-55
6-39 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM wavelength services list .......................................................................... 6-566-56
6-40 Shows a section of the loss report for a span and a node ......................................................................... 6-616-61
6-41 CPB Create system loss report overview ....................................................................................................... 6-686-68
List of figures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xvi Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 17/403
6-42 CPB Create system loss report select planning tool file ........................................................................... 6-686-68
6-43 CPB Create system loss report stages progress window .......................................................................... 6-696-69
6-44 CPB Create system loss report last page ........................................................................................................ 6-706-70
6-45 CPB sample loss report .........................................................................................................................................
6-716-71
7-1 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM settings menu ................................................................................................ 7-27-2
7-2 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM file transfer window ................................................................................... 7-37-3
7-3 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE backup menu ......................................................................................... 7-47-4
7-4 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE backup ..................................................................................................... 7-47-4
7-5 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE backup details menu ........................................................................... 7-57-5
7-6 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE backup icon ............................................................................................ 7-57-5
List of figures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
xvii
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 18/403
List of figures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xviii Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 19/403
About this documentAbout this document
Purpose
This manual provides instructions for installation, turn-up and testing of the
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4).
Reason for reissue
This Installation and System Turn-up Guide is reissued as Issue 2 to include the following
changes:
Table 1 Reason for reissue
Location Change Issue number
Chapter 4, “Stand-alone node
set-up”
See “Connect to the NE and
initialize database” (p. 4-7)
Feature name: Initial Turn-up
time improvement
Updates to the procedure with
new screen captures to
support the steps.
Updates to the procedure to
include description for
commissioning NE through
CLI with new screen captures
to support the steps.
Issue 2, October 2013
“Configure the software
environment and load, and
commit the software”
(p. 4-18)
Updates to the procedure Issue 2, October 2013
“Required materials” (p. 4-2) Updated with New CIT cable pin assignments table
Issue 2, October 2013
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
xix
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 20/403
Intended audience
This installation manual portion of this document is for personnel who will install
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 equipment. The System Turn-up and Test (also called
Integration) is for personnel who will integrate the NEs into a complete network.
This manual is intended ONLY for use in a central office environment in Network
Equipment Building Standards (NEBS) installations and for installation and testing
performed prior to turnover to central office personnel.
How to use this document
This manual is divided into six parts each containing several chapters. The first part
explains the installation sequence at a high level. It is useful to the trained installer or job
planner. The other parts provide instructional steps for personnel needing additional detail
or background information. The chapters in each part are numbered in the order which
they are to be performed.
Chapter contents
Table 2 Chapter contents
Chapter Contents
Chapter 1, “Safety” This chapter describes the components of
safety statements that appear in this document.
Chapter 2, “Equipment Installation” This chapter describes how to install and equip
a network element (NE) to get it ready to
operate in the network.
Chapter 3, “Fan and air filter installation” This chapter provides instructions for installation and replacement of the fan and air
filter.
Chapter 4, “Stand-alone node set-up” This chapter describes how to provision an
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service
Switch-4 (PSS-4) network element (NE).
Chapter 5, “Circuit connections” The procedures in this chapter should be used
when adding new wavelength services to an
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 network.
Chapter 6, “System Turn-up and
commissioning”
This chapter provides the detailed procedures
required to commission the Alcatel-Lucent1830 PSS-4 network using the Alcatel-Lucent
1354 RM-PhM Photonic Manager (1354
RM-PhM) along with the Commissioning and
Power Balancing (CPB) tool.
About this document
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xx Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 21/403
Table 2 Chapter contents (continued)
Chapter Contents
Chapter 7, “Performance verification testing
and data retrieval”
The procedures in this chapter helps you
perform final verification on the network after
commissioning is complete.Appendix A, “Fiber cleaning” This chapter describes the Alcatel-Lucent
recommended method for the cleaning and
inspection of optical connectors using specific
tools and materials that have been proven to be
effective in the assembly and testing of optical
transmission equipment.
Appendix B, “Tightening torque” The listed tightening torque values are to be
used for all fasteners on the Alcatel-Lucent
1830 Photonic Service Switch (PSS).
Glossary Defines terms used throughout thedocumentation.
Index Provides detailed access to the contents of this
document.
Safety information
For your safety, this document contains safety statements. Safety statements are given at
points where risks of damage to personnel, equipment, and operation may exist. Failure to
follow the directions in a safety statement may result in serious consequences.
Conventions used
Appearance Description
Italicized text • File and directory names
• Emphasized information
• Titles of publications
• A value that the user supplies
Graphical user interface text or key
name
• Text that is displayed in a graphical user
interface or in a hardware label
• The name of a key on the keyboard
input text Command names and text that the user types or
selects as input to a system
output text Text that a system displays or prints
About this document
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
xxi
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 22/403
Related information
The Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch-4 (PSS-4) Installation and System
turn-up Guide is part of a set of documents that support Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS
products. The following items are available:
Table 3 Documents reference
Document Number Document Title
3KC-13324-AAAA-TQZZA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4)
Release 6.0 Product Information and Planning Guide
3KC-13324-AAAA-TMZZA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4)
Release 6.0 Maintenance and Trouble-Clearing Guide
3KC-13325-AAAA-TQZZA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4)
Release 6.0 User Provisioning Guide
3KC-13326-AAAA-TQZZA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4)
Release 6.0 Command Line Interface Guide
3KC-13327-AAAA-TQZZA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4)
Release 6.0 TL1 Commands and Messages Guide
3KC-13328-AAAA-TQZZA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4)
Product Family Release 6.0 Documentation Library
PSS documents
8DG-61259-AAAA-TQZZA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16
(PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 6.0 Product
Information and Planning Guide
8DG-61259-AAAA-TCZZA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16 (PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 6.0 User Provisioning
Guide
8DG-61259-AAAA-TMZZA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16
(PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 6.0 Maintenance and
Trouble-Clearing Guide
8DG-61259-AAAA-THZZA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16
(PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 6.0 Command Line
Interface Guide
8DG-61259-AAAA-TGZZA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16
(PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 6.0 Photonics TL1
Commands and Messages Guide
8DG-61259-AAAA-TFZZA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16
(PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 6.0 Switching TL1
Commands and Messages Guide
About this document
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxii Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 23/403
Table 3 Documents reference (continued)
Document Number Document Title
8DG-61259-AAAA-TJZZA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 32/16
(PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 6.0 Installation and System
Turn-Up Guide8DG-61259-AAAA-TKZZA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36
(PSS-36) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-Up
Guide (Photonics and Switching)
8DG-61259-AAAA-TLZZA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 64
(PSS-64) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-Up
Guide (Switching)
8DG-61259-AAAA-TAZZA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16
(PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 6.0 Safety Guide
8DG-61259-AAAA-TEZZA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16
(PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 6.0 Engineering and
Planning Tool User Guide
8DG-61688-TAAA-TQZZA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 1354 RM-PhM Photonic Manager
Release 9.1 EMS Reference Guide
3KC27912AAAA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 1 (PSS-1)
Release 1.9.0 MSAH Edge Device User Guide
8DG60418LAAA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 1 (PSS-1)
Release 2.7.0 GBEH Edge Device User Guide
3KC27912BAAA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 1 (PSS-1)
Release 1.9.0 MD4H Edge Device User Guide8DG60386JAAA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 1 (PSS-1)
Release 1.0.0 AHP Amplifier User Guide
8DG60013MAAA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 32/16
(PSS-32/PSS-16) RAMAN Amplifier and EDFA Release
3.5.0 User Guide
3KC-42940-AAAA-TQZZA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Versatile WDM Module (VWM)
Release 6.0 Product Information and Planning Guide
8DG-61259-AAAA-TZZZA Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS Product Family Release 6.0
Documentation Library
Note: This Documentation library does not include the EPT User Guide. This is published
on separate media.
About this document
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
xxiii
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 24/403
Document support
Alcatel-Lucent provides a referral telephone number for document support. Use this
number to report errors or to ask questions about the document. This is a nontechnical
number. The referral number is 1 (888) 727 3615 (continental United States) or +1 (630)
713 5000 (for all countries).
Technical support
For technical support, contact your local Alcatel-Lucent customer support team. See the
Alcatel-Lucent Support web site (http://www.alcatel-lucent.com/support/) for contact
information.
Login to OnLine Customer Support (OLCS) at http://support.alcatel-lucent.com and
select your country from the menu under "Product Technical Support - Phone and E-mail
Contact Information".
How to orderContact your local sales representative, or login to OLCS at http://support.alcatel-
lucent.com and select your product from the menu under "Technical Content for".
How to comment
To comment on this document, go to the Online Comment Form (http://infodoc.alcatel-
lucent.com/comments/) or e-mail your comments to the Comments Hotline
About this document
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
xxiv Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 25/403
1 1Safety
Structure of safety statements
Overview
This topic describes the components of safety statements that appear in this document.
General structure
Safety statements include the following structural elements:
Item Structure element Purpose
1 Safety alert symbol Indicates the potential for personal injury
(optional)
2 Safety symbol Indicates hazard type (optional)
3 Signal word Indicates the severity of the hazard
4 Hazard type Describes the source of the risk of damage or
injury
5 Safety message Consequences if protective measures fail
SA M P L E
B C D
E F
G
H
Lifting this equipment by yourself can result in injurydue to the size and weight of the equipment.
Always use three people or a lifting device to transport and position this equipment. [ABC123]
CAUTION
Lifting hazard
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
1-1
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 26/403
Item Structure element Purpose
6 Avoidance message Protective measures to take to avoid the hazard
7 Identifier The reference ID of the safety statement
(optional)
Signal words
The signal words identify the hazard severity levels as follows:
Signal word Meaning
DANGER Indicates an extremely hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will
result in death or serious injury.
WARNING Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in
death or serious injury.
CAUTION Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in
minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE Indicates a hazardous situation not related to personal injury.
Safety Structure of safety statements
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
1-2 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 27/403
2 2Equipment Installation
Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes how to install and equip a network element (NE) to get it ready to
operate in the network.
Contents
Before you begin 2-2
Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 2-7
AC Filter Installation and Replacement 2-17
Half-slot adapter installation 2-21
Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 2-24
Verify installation and seat packs 2-43
ID module replacement 2-44
Procedure to connect Rack lamp 2-45
Line Driver Port Attributes 2-48
Replacing a card 2-51
1DPP24M Installation procedures 2-55
11DPE12, 11DPE12A and 11DPE12E Installation procedure 2-61
11QPA4 and 11QPA4A Installation procedure 2-66
11QPE24 Installation procedure 2-71
112PDM11 Installation procedure 2-74
4DPA2/4DPA4 Installation Procedure 2-78
4QPA8 Installation procedure 2-81
PTPCTL Installation procedures 2-85
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-1
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 28/403
PTPIO Installation procedures 2-91
SPD Shelf Installation procedures 2-95
Shelf cover installation 2-103
Before you begin
Before you begin
Prior to performing any procedures in this chapter, review “Structure of safety
statements” (p. 1-1).
Note: Any command Line Interface (CLI) commands associated with implementing
procedures are listed in this chapter. CLI commands are in bold type text and are
entered by the user performing the procedures; example: <CTRL>B Go back one
character on the CLI screen display.
Equipment Installation Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-2 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 29/403
Figure 2-1 PSS-4 slot number label (3KC13252AA) position
Equipment Installation Before you begin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-3
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 30/403
Equipment Installation Before you begin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-4 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 31/403
Safety labeling
Figure 2-2, “Showing compliance and safety warnings” (p. 2-5) shows the Alcatel-Lucent
labeling on the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 that provides compliance and safety warnings.
System installation overview
To install an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4, perform the following steps:
• “Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4” (p. 2-7)
• “Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4” (p. 2-24)
• “Verify installation and seat packs” (p. 2-43)
Figure 2-2 Showing compliance and safety warnings
Equipment Installation Before you begin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-5
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 32/403
Use information from other maintenance procedures in this chapter as needed to complete
physical installation. See Software setup and configuration in User Provisioning Guide
for the procedures needed to configure and place the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 in
service.
Equipment Installation Before you begin
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-6 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 33/403
Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
Before you begin
Mounting kits are available with the hardware needed to install Alcatel-Lucent 1830
PSS-4 in a standard EIA, ANSI, or ETSI equipment rack. For details and orderinginformation, see 1830 PSS-4 installation kits in Product Information and Planning Guide.
Procedure for ETSI equipment rack
Complete the following steps to install Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 in an ETSI equipment
rack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Check the ESD and ground label on the ETSI rack mounting ears (P/N
3KC13334AAAA) as shown in the following figure. Check the ESD port
(P/N:1AB024360006) fixed properly.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Determine the mounting location.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Attach the ETSI rack mounting ears (P/N 3KC13334AAAA) to right side of the 1830
PSS-4 shelf, using four-M3 screws (P/N 1AD009040012) per side.
Equipment Installation Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-7
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 34/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Attach the ETSI cable management assembly (P/N 3KC13057AAAB) to the left side of
the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 shelf, with four M3 screws (P/N 1AD009040012), as
shown in the following figure:
Equipment Installation Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-8 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 35/403
Refer to the “eSFP cable management” (p. 2-14) for more information on eSFP cable
management in ETSI racks.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Mount the 1830 PSS-4 shelf in an ETSI rack, using two-M6x12 screws (P/N
1AD009150001) per side.
Procedure for ANSI equipment rack
Complete the following steps to install Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 in an ANSI equipment
rack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Check the ESD and GROUND label on the ANSI rack mounting ears (P/N
3KC13338AAAA) as shown in the following figure. Check the ESD port
(P/N:1AB024360006) fixed properly.
Equipment Installation Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-9
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 36/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Determine the mounting location.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Attach ANSI rack mounting ears (P/N 3KC13338AAAA) to the right side of the 1830
PSS-4 shelf, using four-M3 screws (P/N 1AD009040012) per side.
Equipment Installation Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-10 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 37/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Attach the 23” cable management assembly (P/N 3KC13056AAAB) to the left side of the
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 shelf, with four M3 screws (P/N 1AD009040012), as shown
in the following figure:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Mount the 1830 PSS-4 shelf in an ANSI 23” rack, using two 12-24 screws (P/N
1AD139920001) per side.
Procedure for EIA equipment rack
Complete the following steps to install Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 in an EIA (19")
equipment rack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Check the ESD and GROUND label on the EIA mounting ear (P/N 3KC13336AAAA) as
shown in the following figure. Check the ESD port (P/N:1AB024360006) fixed properly.
Equipment Installation Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-11
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 38/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Determine the mounting location.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Attach 19” EIA rack mounting ears (P/N 3KC13336AAAA) to the right side of the 1830
PSS-4 shelf, using four-M3 screws (P/N 1AD009040012) per side as shown in the
following figure:
Equipment Installation Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-12 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 39/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Attach the 19” cable management assembly (P/N 3KC13055AAAB) to the left side of the
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 shelf , with four M3 screws (P/N 1AD009040012) as shownin the following figure:
Equipment Installation Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-13
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 40/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Mount the 1830 PSS-4 shelf in the EIA rack, using two 12-24 screws (P/N
1AD139920001) per side.
eSFP cable management
The PSS-4 shelf has an open space of 44 mm between the Card and the standard front
cover (3KC12890AA**) as shown in the following figure:
The RJ-45 boot has a length of 25mm with a space of 44mm between the card and the
standard front cover. This leaves a space of 10 mm which is the space available for
bending the STP cable. This is less than its threshold -4xOD (normal).
Note: There are several thresholds for STP cable, local field support engineer should
check before deployment.
If the Bending radius is less than the threshold, it may have a negative impact on its
functioning.
Equipment Installation Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-14 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 41/403
The possible solutions to resolve this problem are listed in the following:
1. Use the shortest RJ-45 boot from Tyco (11mm) with standard front cover
(3KC12890AA**); the cable management space increases by 7mm, although the
bending radius is still less than its threshold.
2. Remove the ETSI rack door and the front cover.
3. Use extended cover (3KC13331AAAA) installed on ANSI, EIA or ETSI (without
rack door) rack.
SDI SFP cable management
The SDI SFP is supported by PSS-4, under this case, extended cover (3KC13331AAAA)may be used. Local support engineer should pay attention to the space between the card
and the front cover basing the bending radius of the cable. An example picture is shown
below:
Figure 2-3 eSFP plugged in 112PDM11 with extended cover (3KC13331AAAA)
Equipment Installation Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-15
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 42/403
Attenuator usage
Using Normal front cover (3KC12890AA**) or installed on ETSI rack with rack door,
attenuator can not be used.
Using Extended front cover (3KC13331AAAA) or installed on ETSI rack without rack
door, attenuator can be used with angle or short boot fiber.
Figure 2-4 Attenuator used on 112PDM11 with extended cover
Equipment Installation Rack installation of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-16 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 43/403
AC Filter Installation and Replacement
AC filter installation procedure
Complete the following steps to install and AC filter.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Place the AC filter 3KC12834AAAA in ESD bag and set it aside nearby so that you can
immediately continue with Step 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Grasp AC filter with one hand on the faceplate and the other on the bottom.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Slide the card along the card guides into the slot. When the card is partially inserted, keep
the eject handle open and grasp the card by the retaining screws in both sides as shown in
the following figure.
Equipment Installation AC Filter Installation and Replacement
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-17
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 44/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Ensure that no fibers from adjacent cards are in the way, and slide the card into the slot.
You will encounter some resistance when the card contacts the backplane. Use gentle
force to fully seat the card on the backplane.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Lock the card into place by closing the eject handle. As the eject handle close, it turning
as card contacts the backplane. Push the eject handle towards faceplate, further seating
the card.
Equipment Installation AC Filter Installation and Replacement
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-18 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 45/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Completely tighten the retaining screws, but do not over tighten it.
AC Filter replacement procedure
Complete the following steps to replace the AC filter.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Turn the switch of the AC filter 'OFF' with 0# screw driver.
Figure 2-5 E4PFACK card
Equipment Installation AC Filter Installation and Replacement
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-19
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 46/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Disconnect the cable CA-AC power supply from the outlet of AC power supply.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Press the tab on the connector of AC CABLE ADAPTOR and pull it out from power
input port of AC filter....................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Loosen the retaining screws on both the sides.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Pull the eject handle of AC filter, and AC card is pushed out by eject handle. As the card
is partially pulled out, grasp the card by the retaining screws in both sides and pull the
card fully out.
Equipment Installation AC Filter Installation and Replacement
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-20 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 47/403
Half-slot adapter installation
Before you begin
The customer order and rack face drawings show where the circuit packs need to be
installed. Some circuit packs are half height and half slot adapters. Half-slot adaptersshown in the following figure are necessary to install these circuit packs. Install all the
adapters first, before installing any other flexible circuit packs. For Equipment installing
on 19” European Rack, the white hook on 19” ETSI cable management
(3KC13070AAAB) must be removed before installing the second half slot adaptor in
PSS-4 chassis.
Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Verify that the sub-rack power is turned off at the power filters in slot 2 and slot 3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Disconnect the power cables which connect to power filters in slot 2 and slot 3 from main
power supply or the power supply.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Refer to the Rack face drawing for the site to determine where half-slot adapters are
required to be placed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Slide the half-slot adapter in the middle of the chassis as shown in the following figure.
View from the side to ensure that it does not touch any of the electrical components onthe backplane or any other circuit packs.
Equipment Installation Half-slot adapter installation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-21
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 48/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Ensure that the half-slot adapter is well seated on dock, and secure it with a 13” (or
longer) #2 Phillips screw driver (with 13” or 330 mm shank or longer) as shown in the
following figure.
Figure 2-6 Half slot adapter install tool - view1
Equipment Installation Half-slot adapter installation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-22 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 49/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Repeat steps 4 through 5 till all the required adapters are installed.
Figure 2-7 Half slot adapter install tool - view2
Equipment Installation Half-slot adapter installation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-23
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 50/403
Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
Powering and provisioning procedure for DC
Complete the following steps to apply power and provision Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 is suitable for Common Building Network (CBN) or Isolated
Building Network (IBN) applications. GR-295-CORE requirements apply for IBN
applications.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Connect shelf ground wire, if applicable, to the back of the 1830 PSS-4. A ground cable is
not included with the equipment and must be supplied separately. The ground wire should
be 14 AWG (2.0 mm2 cross-section) at a minimum and have a FCI/Burndy
YAV10-2TC10, or equivalent, 14 AWG two-hole lug with 0.625 inch spacing.
Note: Use only the M4 screws provided with the equipment for attaching the ground
cable to the rear of the chassis. Screws longer than 8 mm can damage the equipment.
Figure 2-8 Rear ground attachment point
Equipment Installation Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-24 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 51/403
Bay frame is properly prepared for grounding by removing all paint and non-conductive
coatings, exposing bare metal at ground lug attachment point. Bare metal must be clean
and coated with anti-oxidant prior to attaching ground lug.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Connect one end of customer-provided copper ground cable to bay frame using onlythread-forming shelf mounting screws and customer-provided lug.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Measure resistance between the case of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 and the CBN or IBN.
The resistance must be less than 1 ohm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Ensure that power supply for device is shut off at BDFB.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Connect A and B power cables to customer provided power supply cables using tableTable 2-1, “Office power connection and cable color” (p. 2-25) .
Note: In Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4, the battery return conductor is an Isolated DC
return (DC-I).
Table 2-1 Office power connection and cable color
Office power connection Cable color
A Battery - Blue
A Return + Red
A Ground Black (NAR)
Yellow/Green (ETSI)
B Battery - Blue
B Return + Red
B Ground Black (NAR)
Yellow/Green (ETSI)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Test continuity of A and B power cables using Table 2-2, “Test and expected results”(p. 2-26) for each cable.
Equipment Installation Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-25
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 52/403
Table 2-2 Test and expected results
Test point 1 Test point 2 Expected measurement
Pin 1 Pin 3 Open circuit
Pin 3 Pin 2 Minimal closed circuit, dependent on wire
length (~1 ohm)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Connect power cables to power filters. Route cables to the left to provide access to filter
ports and for air filter replacement.
Figure 2-9 Power Cable
Equipment Installation Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-26 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 53/403
Figure 2-10 Power cables installed (front cover open)
Equipment Installation Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-27
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 54/403
Figure 2-11 Power cables management to the left of the shelf
Equipment Installation Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-28 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 55/403
Note: The power cables management depends on the rack space. The pictorial
illustrations in Figure 2-11, “Power cables management to the left of the shelf”
(p. 2-28) and Figure 2-12, “Power cables management beneath the shelf”
(p. 2-29) shows the two different methods of managing the power cables.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Turn on A and B power at BDFB and verify power connection using Table 2-3, “Power
connection test and Results” (p. 2-29).
Table 2-3 Power connection test and Results
Test Expected Results
Shut off power A at BDFB, with
corresponding power B turned on
Power Filter A status LED extinguishes
Power Filter B status LED remains lit
Figure 2-12 Power cables management beneath the shelf
Equipment Installation Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-29
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 56/403
Table 2-3 Power connection test and Results (continued)
Test Expected Results
Shut off power B at BDFB, with
corresponding power A turned on
Power Filter B status LED extinguishes
Power Filter A status LED remains lit
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Turn off A and B power at BDFB.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Insert a half-slot pack adapter in the filter slot next to the Equipment Controller. There are
two sizes of filter packs, full size and half size. Half-size packs require that a half-size
pack adapter be installed prior to inserting the filter pack(s). To install the half-size pack
adapter, refer to “Half-slot adapter installation” (p. 2-21) for the detailed procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Insert OTs as specified by the client. First insert an OT in the lower OT slot, then insert an
OT in the upper OT slot. When inserting a OT in the upper OT slot, EC/SFC/SFD should
be lifted to avoid conflict.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 Install EC and any required SFD/SFC filters.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 Insert blanks in any unused slots. If no circuit pack is installed, insert the full-size blank.
For SFC/D full/half slot blank, they should be fastened.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 Set the Shelf ID using Shelf ID selector switch on lower left of shelf. Choose from the
options in Table 2-4, “Shelf ID and Settings” (p. 2-31).
Equipment Installation Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-30 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 57/403
Table 2-4 Shelf ID and Settings
Shelf Shelf ID setting
Master 1
Peer shelf 1 2
Peer shelf 2 3
Peer shelf 3 4
Peer shelf 4 5
Peer shelf 5 6
Peer shelf 6 7
Peer shelf 7 8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 Verify that the PSS-4 FAN and air filter is installed (see “Fan air filter replacement”
(p. 3-4)).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 Connect shelf to shelf with cross-over Ethernet cables, routing cables to the left of the
shelf.
Figure 2-13 Shelf ID
Equipment Installation Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-31
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 58/403
Daisy chain (inter-shelf DCN) protection is NOT supported for 1830 PSS-4 multi-shelf
configurations. The Close Loop connection of the daisy chain is strictly forbidden to
avoid dangerous DCN network storming. (See Multi-shelf NE configuration in Product
Information and Planning Guide.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 Insert XFPs and SFPs, as applicable, using shelf-specific documentation from the
customer.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
19 Inspect and clean the XFP/SFP modules after insertion.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20 Inspect, clean (as needed), and connect fibers to all required ports, per shelf-specific
customer documentation. For ILAs, turn angled boot fibers downward, then back to the
left of the shelf with enough bent radius. Also it is recommended to use Scotch tapes to
hold fiber together in an appropriate way as shown in the following figure.
Note: Only fibers with 40 degree angled boot are allowed. Straight boot fibers may
conflict with the front cover of the shelf. Short boot application should be checked
with local field support engineers before deployment.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
21 Fiber slack is neatly coiled, using the hook-and-loop fasteners included in the installation
kit.
Figure 2-14 Fibers Placement
Equipment Installation Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-32 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 59/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
22 Turn on A and B power at BDFB.
Fiber connectors
In general, the type of fiber jumper used with Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 depends on the
type of rack (bay or cabinet) the equipment is installed. Commonly, Fiber jumpers used
with ETSI racks need to have a short, straight fiber boot as shown in Figure 2-15, “Short
LC fiber boot” (p. 2-33)to eliminate any interference between the fiber jumper sand the
ETSI cabinet door. Fiber jumpers used with ANSI or EIA racks need to have angled fiber
boots as shown in “Fiber connectors” (p. 2-34). It is important that the right fiber jumpers
be ordered based on the type of rack being used.
Straight short boot. 35 mm maximum from tip of fiber to back edge of boot.
Figure 2-15 Short LC fiber boot
Equipment Installation Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-33
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 60/403
40 degree angled. Must rotate 360 degrees without damaging fiber. 53.1 mm max. from
fiber tip to back edge of boot.
Powering and provisioning procedure for AC
Complete the following steps to apply power from AC supply.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 is suitable for Common Building Network (CBN) or Isolated
Building Network (IBN) applications. GR-295-CORE requirements apply for IBN
applications.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Connect shelf ground wire, if applicable, to the back of the 1830 PSS-4. A ground cable is
not included with the equipment and must be supplied separately. The ground wire should
be 14 AWG (2.0 mm2 cross-section) at a minimum and have a FCI/Burndy
YAV10-2TC10, or equivalent, 14 AWG two-hole lug with 0.625 inch spacing.
Note: Use only the M4 screws provided with the equipment for attaching the ground
cable to the rear of the chassis. Screws longer than 8 mm can damage the equipment.
Equipment Installation Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-34 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 61/403
Bay frame is properly prepared for grounding by removing all paint and non-conductive
coatings, exposing bare metal at ground lug attachment point. Bare metal must be clean
and coated with anti-oxidant prior to attaching ground lug....................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Connect one end of customer-provided copper ground cable to bay frame using only
thread-forming shelf mounting screws and customer-provided lug.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Measure resistance between the case of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 and the CBN or IBN.
The resistance must be less than 1 ohm.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Ensure that the AC filter is properly installed in Slot2/Slot3....................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Unpack the cable CA-AC Power Supply (3KC05127AXAA, X is variant for cable type, it
depends on type of installation kits) and AC CABLE ADAPTOR 3KC13016AAAA from
installation kit.
Figure 2-16 Rear ground attachment point
Equipment Installation Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-35
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 62/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Ensure no sides of these two items are connecting either power supply or AC filter cards.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Connect the outlet of the cable CA-AC Power supply and AC CABLE ADAPTOR, and
ensure that the connection is reliable as shown in the following figure.
Figure 2-17 CA-AC Power supply cable
Equipment Installation Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-36 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 63/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Plug the connector of AC CABLE ADAPTOR into power input port of AC filter and
ensure that the connection is reliable as shown in the following figure.
Figure 2-18 Connecting CA-AC cable to AC cable adaptor
Equipment Installation Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-37
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 64/403
Figure 2-19 E4PFACK power input port
Equipment Installation Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-38 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 65/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Route the cable and secure towards AC power supply. Place the plug of the cable ‘CA-AC
Power Supply’ near the outlet of AC power supply. Do not plug it into AC power outlet
before following steps.
Figure 2-20 E4PFACK power input port - another view
Equipment Installation Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-39
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 66/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Ensure that the cable routing near AC filter is not too tight.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Ensure that the switch of AC filter is in ‘OFF’ status. If not, use No.0 screw driver to turn
it off as shown in the following figure.
Figure 2-21 CA-AC cable routing
Equipment Installation Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-40 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 67/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 Verify that the designated AC power source outlet is surge protected. Refer to Power
filters in Product Information and Planning Guide for the AC power source specification.
Reference the site engineering specification for any additional site specific AC
requirements. Connect the other end of the cable ‘CA-AC Power Supply’ to the outlet of
AC power supply.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 Turn the switch of AC filter ‘ON’ with No.0 screw driver as shown in the following
figure.
Figure 2-22 AC filter switch OFF
Equipment Installation Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-41
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 68/403
Figure 2-23 AC filter switch ON
Equipment Installation Powering and provisioning an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-42 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 69/403
Verify installation and seat packs
Objective
Ensure that the NE has been installed as described in the previous procedures and is ready
for initial setup.Note: If EC/SFC/SFD is seated in their respective slots, then to facilitate the
installation of OT/LD cards beneath the EC, ensure the screws on the faceplate of the
EC/SFC/SFD are fastened securely.
Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Refer to the site documentation and verify that all modules are present and slotted
correctly. Verify that the fibers are properly run between packs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Check all power and electrical cabling to be sure that they are run properly.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If there are multiple shelves, verify that shelf ID settings and LAN cables are correctly
linked between the shelves.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Verify that the shelf is powered up and the green led is lit on both power filter modules.
Verify that the fans are running.
Equipment Installation Verify installation and seat packs
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-43
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 70/403
ID module replacement
Overview
Unlike the user panel for the 1830 PSS-32, the 1830 PSS-4 ID module can only be
replaced when the unit is powered down. The 1830 PSS-4 ID module has an EPROM thatcontains the serial number and information to retain remote access capability in the event
of a database loss, similar to a user panel in the 1830 PSS-32.
ID module replacement procedure
Note: When restarting after replacement of an ID module on an NE that has been
powered down, the new ID module will cause the NE to appear as though it has never
been commissioned. To preserve traffic during the restart, the NE database should
NOT be initialized. Instead, a previously backed up database is restored to the NE
after the restart.
Use the following procedure to replace an ID module on an 1830 PSS-4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Reprovision the NE Name for the NE. This can be done during the initial connection to
the NE with the WebUI, or using the CLI command: config general name.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Reprovision the loopback IP address for the NE, using the CLI command:
config interface loopback ip.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 On an 1830 PSS, reprovision the user panel OAMP port IP address for this NE, using theCLI command: config interface 1/1/oamp ip.
Physically replace the 1830PSS-1 FAN (integrated Fan/User Panel).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Reprovision the static routing (gateway) information for this NE, using the CLI
command: config cn routes static add .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 To bring the database from a remote server to the NE, enter the CLI command:
config database restore force.
Equipment Installation ID module replacement
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-44 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 71/403
Procedure to connect Rack lamp
Overview
In 1830 PSS-4, the Rack lamp control is implemented by using the housekeeping ports
integrated in -48 Vdc Power Filter cards.
Procedure
The following procedure describes the steps to connect a Rack lamp to the Housekeeping
ports.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Verify that the -48 Vdc power filters are properly installed in slot 2 and slot 3
respectively.
Note: The Housekeeping ports are available only on -48 Vdc power filters.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 The connection between Rack lamp unit of TRU and housekeeping of PSS4 is through a
2500 length cable (PN: 3KC13193AAAA). One end of this cable is terminated with two
RJ-45 connectors and another end is terminated with one male DB9 connector.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Install the two RJ-45 connectors of the rack lamp cable into two housekeeping connectors
of two -48 Vdc Power filter cards respectively. The RJ45A connector is inserted inhousekeeping connector of slot 2 power filter card and RJ45B connector is inserted in
housekeeping connector of slot 3.
Note: The RJ45A and RJ45B connector location sequence cannot exchange and if
multi-shelves are cascaded, this rack lamp cable is only permitted to connect to
housekeeping ports on the main shelf.
Figure 2-24 Cable - Rack lamp connection
Equipment Installation Procedure to connect Rack lamp
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-45
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 72/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Route the rack lamp cable from the left of the rack to the TRU installed on the rack top or
as determined by location of the connection point in the field.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Connect the male DB9 connector of the rack lamp cable to the female DB9 connector of rack lamp unit on TRU (P/N: 3DB00734AA**). Refer to the following figure for the
location of the female DB9 connector on TRU. The M1 indicates the jack location for
rack lamp cable.
TRU illustration
The following figure shows the front view of the TRU.
Figure 2-25 TRU - connectors location
Equipment Installation Procedure to connect Rack lamp
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-46 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 73/403
Legend:
1 Red LED to indicate the presence of an URG alarm or CRITICAL alarm
2 Red LED to indicate the presence of an NURG alarm or MAJOR alarm
3 Yellow LED to indicate the presence of MEM alarm oor MINOR alarm
4 Green LED to indicate the presence of service call or service battery
5 Fuse breaker for rack lamp unit
Note: The BUZZLE LED is not used and kept off for current release.
Figure 2-26 TRU front view
Equipment Installation Procedure to connect Rack lamp
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-47
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 74/403
Line Driver Port Attributes
Bi-directional Amplifier
Figure 2-27, “Bi-directional amplifier” (p. 2-48) is an example of bidirectional amplifier:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Set the opposite direction port of the line driver.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Case of ILA: The Contra-dir is set between the Line ports of the same Line Driver.
Uni-directional Amplifier
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 The contra-dir should be set on the ports facing the Line Fiber.
The opposite port of the Line IN of a Line Driver is the Line OUT of the other LD.
Figure 2-28, “Uni-directional amplifier” (p. 2-48) is an example of uni-directional
amplifier: set opposite direction port.
Figure 2-27 Bi-directional amplifier
Figure 2-28 Uni-directional amplifier
Equipment Installation Line Driver Port Attributes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-48 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 75/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Case of End Terminal, Multi degree T/ROADM, ILA:
The Contra-dir is set between the two Line ports of the 2 Line Drivers facing the Line
fiber.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Case of Raman Pump RA2P:
The Contra-dir is set between for the RA2P LINEIN port and Opposite LD LINEOUT
port.
Setting Opposite Direction Port
Figure 2-29, “Set opposite direction port” (p. 2-49) shows how to set opposite direction port on the Web User Interface.
Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Open: Connections | Physical Topology
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Select: {Line Driver}LINE port...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Click: External
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Select Direction: <--> ( bi-dir Line Driver), --> (Uni-Dir Line Driver)
Figure 2-29 Set opposite direction port
Equipment Installation Line Driver Port Attributes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-49
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 76/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Type: {far end NE loopback IP address shelf/slot/port}of the far end opposite direction
port.
Example: 152.148.66.244 1/2/4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Click OK .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Select : Line Driver | LINE (IN or OUT) | Port Details[tab] | Opposite Port Direction
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Verify the Opposite Direction Port is correct.
Note: If not correct, set the port.
Figure 2-30 Create external connection
Equipment Installation Line Driver Port Attributes
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-50 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 77/403
Replacing a card
Slot equipage requirement
Blanks are used to cover unused slots to improve cooling air flow. All slots in the shelf
must be occupied with circuit packs or blanks, and all packs must be fully inserted intothe shelf to maintain proper air flow. The shelf must not have an empty slot. Empty slots
or partially inserted cards decrease the air flow across installed circuit packs and leads to
decrease in their cooling. Circuit packs could potentially be subject to failure as their
temperatures increases.
Replacing a card (general)
NOTICE
Service-disruption hazard
A card reseat is service affecting if the card is currently carrying services. To discover if
any services are currently carried over a card, perform the procedure Checking for
services on a port in User Provisioning Guide. If there are services currently carried over
the card, it may be best to wait for a maintenance window before reseating the card.
Cooling airflow is critically important for reliable transmission. Every slot in the subrack
requires a circuit pack (card) or circuit pack blank to ensure proper airflow. Do not
remove old cards until new cards are fully prepared for installation. New cards should be
installed within 5 mins of old card removal to maintain proper airflow and cooling for the
other cards within the subrack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Ensure that the replacement card is unpacked and prepared for immediate installation
before starting any other work.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Set the fan to maximum speed.
CLI config fan maximum
WEBUI FAN > Card Properties > Fan Speed > Maximum
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Ensure that all of the fibers connected to the card are labeled.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Remove and cap all of the fibers connected to the card.
Equipment Installation Replacing a card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-51
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 78/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Verify that you have an unobstructed extraction path. Tie back any adjacent fibers that are
affected by the card extraction.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Unlock the card latch. Place a thumb or finger on the latch release/locking pin located behind the latch cover and open the latch by lifting and out. This partially unseats the card
from the backplane.
Note: For EC/Power filters, a metal latch is provided on the left; and for SFCs, no
latches are available.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Hold the card by the open latch and slide the card out of the slot, being careful not to pull
on any connected fibers on the NE. You will encounter some resistance while the card is
seated on the backplane. Use a gentle pulling force to unseat the card from the backplane.
Slide the card out of the slot. When the card is almost removed, place a hand under thecard to avoid dropping it when it is fully removed from the shelf.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Place the card in an ESD bag and set it aside nearby so that you can immediately continue
with Step 9.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Hold replacement card with one hand on the faceplate and the other on bottom of the card
PCB.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Align the card PCB with the card guides.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Slide the card along the card guides into the slot. When the card is partially inserted,
grasp the card by the latch, with the latch in the open position.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Ensure that no fibers from adjacent cards are in the way, and slide the card into the slot.
You will encounter some resistance when the card contacts the backplane. Use gentle
force to fully seat the card on the backplane.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 Lock the card into place by closing the latches. As the latches close, they push against the
latching tabs on the shelf or cross member, further seating the card. Continue to close the
latches until they are flush with the card faceplate, locking the card in place.
Equipment Installation Replacing a card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-52 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 79/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 Set the fan back to normal speed.
CLI config fan normal
WEBUI FAN > Card Properties > Fan Speed > Normal
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 Once the port LEDs on the card have lit up, uncap, clean, and reconnect the fibers.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 Check the card for alarms:
CLI alm
Note: If the card software version does not match the NE software version, the cardautomatically upgrades to the correct software version. In this case, a software
upgrade alarm is present.
Procedure for getting normal display in Card properties
Note: For Asian users, the WebUI may miss displaying few characters in “Card
properties” window.
The following procedure is a work around to get a full display in Card properties window.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 In the control panel, select Date, Time, Language, and Regional options.
Result: The Date, Time, Language, and Regional options screen is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Click Regional and Language options icon and change system locale to English (United
States).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Open Internet Explorer.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 In Internet Explorer select Tools > Internet Options > Fonts and select the Language
script as Latin based.
Equipment Installation Replacing a card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-53
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 80/403
Result: The above settings are effected and the full display of characters is seen in
Card properties window.
Equipment Installation Replacing a card
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-54 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 81/403
1DPP24M Installation procedures
Before you begin
Refer to the following points before starting the 1DPP24M card installation.
1. Refer to the Rack face drawings for the site to determine where the card is required to be placed.
2. Check whether the Half-slot adapter is installed. If not installed, Refer to “Half-slot
adapter installation” (p. 2-21) to install the Half-slot adapter.
3. Check the following figures to understand the E1 cable and it pin assignments.
E1 cable description
The following figures show the E1 cable and its pin number descriptions.
Equipment Installation 1DPP24M Installation procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-55
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 82/403
Figure 2-31 E1 cable
Figure 2-32 E1 pin assignment table
Equipment Installation 1DPP24M Installation procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-56 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 83/403
Procedure
This procedure describes the steps to install a 1DPP24M card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Place the card in an ESD bag and set it aside nearby so that you can immediately continue
with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Hold the replacement card with one hand on the faceplate and the other on bottom of the
card PCB.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Align the card PCB with the card guides.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Slide the card along the card guides into the slot. When the card is partially inserted,
grasp the card by the latch, with the latch in the open position.
Figure 2-33 E1 wire diagram
Equipment Installation 1DPP24M Installation procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-57
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 84/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Ensure that no fibers from adjacent cards are in the way, and slide the card into the slot.
You may encounter some resistance when the card touches the backplane. Use gentle
force to seat the card on the backplane.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Lock the card into place by closing the latches. As the latches close, they push against the
latching tabs on the shelf or a cross member, further seating the card. Continue to close
the latches until they are flush with the card faceplate, locking the card in place.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 If using two 1DPP24M in the same chassis, the white hook on the cable management
should be removed before connect/fiber connector. Take out the cable/fibers from the
hook. Loosen the two screw on the cable management, and take off the white hook and
two screws. Keep it in a marked plastics bag for future use.
Equipment Installation 1DPP24M Installation procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-58 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 85/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Plug the E1 cable into the E1/DS1 port of 1DPP24M and secure two screws on cable
connector. Route the cable to the left, ensuring that the cable routing is not too tight. If
there is only one E1 cable used, place it in the upper hook of cable management. If the
cables are too tight to be bent, loosen the two screws on the cable management, and take
off the white hook and the two screws.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Insert SFPs, as applicable, using shelf-specific documentation from the customer. Slide
the replacement SFP module into the SFP slot. Push the front of the SFP module until you
hear a “click” sound, indicating the SFP module is securely locked into the SFP slot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Inspect and clean the SFP modules after insertion.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Only short/angled boot fiber connector could be used for this card. When short boot fiber
connector used, go to Step 12. For angled boot fiber connector, turn the boot 90 degree
clockwise as shown in the following figure to provide fiber routing enough bent radius.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Uncap, inspect, clean (as needed), and connect fibers to all required ports with short boot
or angled boot fiber connectors. Also it is recommended to use Scotch tapes to hold fiber
together in an appropriate way.
Equipment Installation 1DPP24M Installation procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-59
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 86/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 Ensure cables/fibers are well routed and not too tight, and close shelf cover carefully if
mounted on EIA/ANSI rack.
Equipment Installation 1DPP24M Installation procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-60 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 87/403
11DPE12, 11DPE12A and 11DPE12E Installation procedure
Before you begin
Refer to the following points before starting with the 11DPE12, 11DPE12A or 11DPE12E
card installation.1. Refer to the Rack face drawings for the site to determine where the card is required to
be placed.
2. Check the following figures to understand Timing cable and its pin assignments.
Figure 2-34 11DPE12 card face plate
Equipment Installation 11DPE12, 11DPE12A and 11DPE12E Installation procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-61
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 88/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 89/403
Table 2-5 Timing cable wire pin number description
X1 Color Definition Remark Cable
1 Tip BITS TX/RX_P BITS TX/RX W1
2 Braid BITS TX/RX_N
3 White/Orange 1PPS_N 1PPS_N W2
4 Orange 1PPS_P 1PPS_P
5 White/Green GND GND
6 Green GND GND
7 White/Blue ToD_N ToD_N
8 Blue ToD_P ToD_P
Procedure
This procedure describes the steps to install a 11DPE12, 11DPE12A or 11DPE12E card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Place the card in an ESD bag and set it aside nearby so that you can immediately continue
with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Hold the replacement card with one hand on the faceplate and the other on bottom of thecard PCB.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Align the card PCB with the card guides.
Figure 2-37 Timing cable wire diagram
Equipment Installation 11DPE12, 11DPE12A and 11DPE12E Installation procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-63
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 90/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Slide the card along the card guides into the slot. When the card is partially inserted,
grasp the card by the latch, with the latch in the open position.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Ensure that no fibers from adjacent cards are in the way, and slide the card into the slot.You may encounter some resistance when the card touches the backplane. Use gentle
force to seat the card on the backplane.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Lock the card into place by closing the latches. As the latches close, they push against the
latching tabs on the shelf or a cross member, further seating the card. Continue to close
the latches until they are flush with the card faceplate, locking the card in place.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Plug the Timing cable into the CLK1/CLK2 port of 11DPE12A. Route the cable to the
left, ensuring that the cable routing is not too tight.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Insert the SFP/XFP module, as applicable, using shelf-specific documentation from the
customer. Slide the replacement SFP/XFP module into the SFP/XFP slot. Push the front
of the SFP/XFP module until you hear a “Click” sound, indicating the SFP/XFP module
is securely locked into the SFP/XFP slot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Inspect and clean the SFP/XFP modules after insertion.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Only short/angled boot fiber connector could be used for this card. When short boot fiber
connector is used go to Step 11. For angled boot fiber connector, turn the boot 90 degree
clockwise as shown in the following figure to provide fiber routing enough bent radius.
Figure 2-38 PSS4 shelf view
Equipment Installation 11DPE12, 11DPE12A and 11DPE12E Installation procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-64 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 91/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Uncap, inspect, clean (as needed), and connect fibers to all required ports with short boot
or angled boot fiber connectors. Also it is recommended to use Scotch tapes to hold fiber
together in an appropriate way.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Ensure that the cables/fibers are well routed and not too tight, and close the shelf cover
carefully if mounted on EIA/ANSI rack as shown in the following figure.
Equipment Installation 11DPE12, 11DPE12A and 11DPE12E Installation procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-65
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 92/403
11QPA4 and 11QPA4A Installation procedure
Before you begin
Before starting the 11QPA4/11QPA4A card installation, refer to the Rack face drawings
for the site to determine where the card is required to be placed.
ProcedureThis procedure describes the steps to install a 11QPA4/11QPA4A card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Place the card in an ESD bag and set it aside nearby so that you can immediately continue
with the next step.
Figure 2-39 11QPA4 card views
Equipment Installation 11QPA4 and 11QPA4A Installation procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-66 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 93/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Hold the replacement card with one hand on the faceplate and the other on the bottom of
the card PCB.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Align the card PCB with the card guides....................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Slide the card along the card guides into the slot. When the card is partially inserted,
grasp the card by the latch, with the latch in the open position.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Ensure that no fibers from adjacent cards are in the way, and slide the card into the slot.
You may encounter some resistance when the card touches the backplane. Use gentle
force to seat the card on the backplane.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Lock the card into place by closing the latches. As the latches close, they push against the
latching tabs on the shelf or a cross member, further seating the card. Continue to close
the latches until they are flush with the card faceplate, locking the card in place.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Insert SFP/XFP modules, as applicable, using shelf-specific documentation from the
customer. Slide the replacement SFP/XFP module into the SFP/XFP slot. Push the front
of the SFP/XFP module until you hear a “click” sound, indicating the SFP/XFP module is
securely locked into the SFP/XFP slot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Inspect and clean the SFP/XFP modules after insertion.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Only short/angled boot fiber connector could be used for this card. When short boot fiber
connector is used, go to Step 10. For angled boot fiber connector, turn the boot 90 degree
clockwise as shown in the following figure to provide fiber routing enough bent radius.
Figure 2-40 Lock the card
Equipment Installation 11QPA4 and 11QPA4A Installation procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-67
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 94/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Uncap, inspect, clean (as needed), and connect fibers to all the required ports with short
boot or angled boot fiber connectors. Also it is recommended to use Scotch tapes to hold
fibers together in an appropriate way.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Four pairs of ports on SFP and XFP need to be linked by jumpers. Refer Figure 2-43,
“Ports linked by jumpers” (p. 2-69).
Figure 2-41 Angled boot fiber connector
Figure 2-42 Connect fibers to ports
Equipment Installation 11QPA4 and 11QPA4A Installation procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-68 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 95/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Ensure cables/fibers are well routed and not too tight, and close the shelf cover carefully
if mounted on EIA/ANSI rack.
Figure 2-43 Ports linked by jumpers
Equipment Installation 11QPA4 and 11QPA4A Installation procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-69
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 96/403
Equipment Installation 11QPA4 and 11QPA4A Installation procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-70 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 97/403
11QPE24 Installation procedure
Before you begin
Refer to the following points before starting with the 11QPE24 card installation.
1. Remove all the cards installed in slots 7/8/9/10.2. Check whether the Half-slot adapter is installed. If installed, remove the Half-slot
adapters.
Figure 2-44 11QPE24 card views (1 of 2)
Figure 2-44 11QPE24 card views (2 of 2)
Equipment Installation 11QPE24 Installation procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-71
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 98/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 99/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Only short/angled boot fiber connector could be used for this card. When short boot fiber
connector is used, go to Step 9. For angled boot fiber connector, turn the boot 90 degree
clockwise as shown in the following figure to provide fiber routing enough bent radius.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Uncap, inspect, clean (as needed), and connect fibers to all required ports with short boot
or angled boot fiber connectors. Also it is recommended to use Scotch tapes to hold thefiber together.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Ensure that the cables/fibers are well routed and not too tight, and close the shelf cover
carefully if mounted on EIA/ANSI rack as shown in the following figure.
Equipment Installation 11QPE24 Installation procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-73
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 100/403
112PDM11 Installation procedure
Before you begin
Refer to the following points before starting the 112PDM11 card installation:
• Refer to the Rack face drawings for the site to determine where the card is required to be placed.
• Check whether the Half-slot adapter is installed. If installed, remove the Half-slot
adapter.
• The CFP module is not an FRU (Field Replaceable Unit); do not attempt to pull the
CFP module out of the pack which can damage the connector for the CFP.
ProcedureThis procedure describes the steps to install a 112PDM11 card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Place the card in an ESD bag and set it aside nearby so that you can immediately continue
with the next step.
Figure 2-46 112PDM11 Card
Equipment Installation 112PDM11 Installation procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-74 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 101/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Hold the replacement card with one hand on the faceplate and the other on the bottom of
the card PCB.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Align the card PCB with the card guides....................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Slide the card along the card guides into the slot. When the card is partially inserted,
grasp the card by the latch, with the latch in the open position.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Ensure that no fibers from adjacent cards are in the way, and slide the card into the slot.
You may encounter some resistance when the card touches the backplane. Use gentle
force to seat the card on the backplane.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Lock the card into place by closing the latches. As the latches close, they push against the
latching tabs on the shelf or a cross member, further seating the card. Continue to close
the latches until they are flush with the card faceplate, locking the card in place.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Insert the SFP module, as applicable, using shelf-specific documentation from the
customer. Slide the replacement SFP module into the SFP slot. Push the front of the SFP
module until you hear a "Click" sound, indicating that the SFP module is securely lockedinto the SFP slot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Inspect and clean the SFP modules after insertion.
Figure 2-47 Card locked in place
Equipment Installation 112PDM11 Installation procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-75
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 102/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Only short/angled boot fiber connector could be used for this card. When short boot fiber
connector is used, go to Step 10. For angled boot fiber connector, turn the boot 90 degree
clockwise as shown in the following figure to provide fiber routing enough bent radius.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Uncap, inspect, clean (as needed), and connect fibers to all required ports with the short
boot or angled boot fiber connectors. Also, it is recommended to use Scotch tapes to hold
the fibers together in an appropriate way.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Ensure that the fibers are well routed and not too tight, and close the extended shelf cover
(Part Number: 3KC13331AA) carefully.
Notes:
1. The short shelf cover (3KC12890AA) cannot be used when 112PDM11 is seated in
shelf.
2. If the shelf is mounted on ETSI rack, the door cannot be closed.
Figure 2-48 Angled boot fiber connector
Figure 2-49 Fibers connected to ports
Equipment Installation 112PDM11 Installation procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-76 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 103/403
Figure 2-50 Shelf cover
Equipment Installation 112PDM11 Installation procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-77
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 104/403
4DPA2/4DPA4 Installation Procedure
Before you begin
Refer to the following points before starting the 4DPA2/4DPA4 card installation.
1. Refer to the Rack face drawings for the site to determine where the card is required to be placed.
2. Check whether the Half-slot adapter is installed. If not installed, refer to “Half-slot
adapter installation” to install the Half-slot adapter.
Figure 2-51 4DPA2 card face plate
Equipment Installation 4DPA2/4DPA4 Installation Procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-78 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 105/403
Procedure
This procedure describes the steps to install a 4DPA2/4DPA4 card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Place the card in an ESD bag and set it aside nearby so that you can immediately continue
with the next step....................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Hold the replacement card with one hand on the faceplate and the other on bottom of the
card PCB.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Align the card PCB with the card guides.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Slide the card along the card guides into the slot. When the card is partially inserted,
grasp the card by the latch, with the latch in the open position....................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Ensure that no fibers from adjacent cards are in the way, and slide the card into the slot.
You will encounter some resistance when the card contacts the backplane. Use gentle
force to fully seat the card on the backplane.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Lock the card into place by closing the latches. As the latches close, they push against the
latching tabs on the shelf or cross member, further seating the card. Continue to close the
latches until they are flush with the card faceplate, locking the card in place.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Insert SFPs, as applicable, using shelf-specific documentation from the customer. Slide
the replacement SFP module into the SFP slot. Push the front of the SFP module until you
hear a “click” sound, indicating the SFP module is securely locked into the SFP slot.
Figure 2-52 Lock the card - 4DPA2
Equipment Installation 4DPA2/4DPA4 Installation Procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-79
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 106/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Inspect and clean the SFP modules after insertion.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Only short/ angled boot fiber connector could be used for this card. When short boot fiber
connector used, go to Step 10.For angled boot fiber connector, turn the boot 90 degree clockwise as shown in the figure
below to provide fiber routing enough bent radius.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Uncap, inspect, clean (as needed), and connect fibers to all required ports with short boot
or angled boot fiber connectors. Also it is recommended to use Scotch tapes to hold fibers
together in an appropriate way.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Ensure cables/fibers are well routed and not too tight, and close the shelf cover carefully
if mounted on EIA/ANSI rack.
Equipment Installation 4DPA2/4DPA4 Installation Procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-80 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 107/403
4QPA8 Installation procedure
Before you begin
Refer to the following points before starting the 4QPA8 card installation.
• Refer to the Rack face drawings for the site to determine where the card is required to be placed.
• Check whether the Half-slot adapter is installed. If installed, remove the Half-slot
adapter.
Figure 2-53 4QPA8 card
Equipment Installation 4QPA8 Installation procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-81
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 108/403
Procedure
This procedure describes the steps to install a 4QPA8 card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Place the card in an ESD bag and set it aside nearby so that you can immediately continue
with the next step....................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Hold the replacement card with one hand on the faceplate and the other on the bottom of
the card PCB.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Align the card PCB with the card guides.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Slide the card along the card guides into the slot. When the card is partially inserted,
grasp the card by the latch, with the latch in the open position....................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Ensure that no fibers from adjacent cards are in the way, and slide the card into the slot.
You may encounter some resistance when the card touches the backplane. Use gentle
force to seat the card on the backplane.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Lock the card into place by closing the latches. As the latches close, they push against the
latching tabs on the shelf or a cross member, further seating the card. Continue to close
the latches until they are flush with the card faceplate, locking the card in place.
Figure 2-54 Card locked in place
Equipment Installation 4QPA8 Installation procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-82 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 109/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Insert the SFP module, as applicable, using shelf-specific documentation from the
customer. Slide the replacement SFP module into the SFP slot. Push the front of the SFP
module until you hear a "Click" sound, indicating that the SFP module is securely locked
into the SFP slot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Inspect and clean the SFP modules after insertion.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Only short/angled boot fiber connector could be used for this card. When short boot fiber
connector is used, go to Step 10. For angled boot fiber connector, turn the boot 90 degree
clockwise as shown in the following figure to provide fiber routing enough bent radius.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Uncap, inspect, clean (as needed), and connect fibers to all required ports with the short
boot or angled boot fiber connectors. Also, it is recommended to use Scotch tapes to holdthe fibers together in an appropriate way.
Figure 2-55 Angled boot fiber connector
Figure 2-56 Fibers connected to ports
Equipment Installation 4QPA8 Installation procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-83
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 110/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Ensure fibers are well routed and not too tight, and close shelf cover carefully if mounted
on EIA/ANSI rack.
Figure 2-57 Shelf cover
Equipment Installation 4QPA8 Installation procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-84 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 111/403
PTPCTL Installation procedures
Before you begin
Refer to the following points before starting the PTPCTL card installation:
1. Refer to the Rack face drawings for the site to determine where the card is required to be placed.
2. Check the following figures to understand the E1 2MHz 1PPS ToD cable and E1/DS1
2MHz 1PPS ToD cable and their pin assignments.
The following figures show the E1 2MHz 1PPS ToD cable and its pin number
descriptions.
Figure 2-58 PTPCTL card overview
Equipment Installation PTPCTL Installation procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-85
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 112/403
Table 2-6 E1 2MHz 1PPS ToD cable wire diagram
X1 Color Definition Remark Cable
1 Tip BITS TX/RX_P BITS TX/RX W1
2 Braid BITS TX/RX_N
3 White/Orange 1PPS_N 1PPS_N W2
4 Orange 1PPS_P 1PPS_P
5 White/Green GND GND
6 Green GND GND
7 White/Blue TOD_N TOD_N8 Blue TOD_P TOD_P
E1/DS1 2MHz 1PPS ToD cable description
The following figures show the E1/DS1 2MHz 1PPS ToD cable and its pin number
descriptions.
Figure 2-59 E1 2MHz 1PPS ToD cable
Equipment Installation PTPCTL Installation procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-86 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 113/403
Table 2-7 E1/DS1 2 MHz 1PPS ToD cable wire diagram
X1 Color Definition Remark Cable
1 White/Blue BITS TX/RX_P BITS TX/RX W1
2 Blue BITS TX/RX_N
3 White/Orange 1PPS_N 1PPS_N W2
4 Orange 1PPS_P 1PPS_P
5 White/Green GND GND
6 Green GND GND
7 White/Blue TOD_N TOD_N
8 Blue TOD_P TOD_P
Figure 2-60 E1/DS1 2MHz 1PPS ToD cable
Equipment Installation PTPCTL Installation procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-87
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 114/403
Procedure
This procedure describes the steps to install a PTPCTL card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Place the card in an ESD bag and set it aside nearby so that you can immediately continue
with the next step....................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Hold the replacement card with one hand on the faceplate and the other on the bottom of
the card PCB.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Align the card PCB with the card guides.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Slide the card along the card guides into the slot. When the card is partially inserted,
grasp the card by the latch, with the latch in the open position....................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Ensure that no fibers from adjacent cards are in the way, and slide the card into the slot.
You may encounter some resistance when the card touches the backplane. Use gentle
force to seat the card on the backplane.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Lock the card into place by closing the latches. As the latches close, they push against the
latching tabs on the shelf or a cross member, further seating the card. Continue to close
the latches until they are flush with the card faceplate, locking the card in place.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Plug the E1 2MHz 1PPS ToD or E1/DS1 2MHz 1PPS ToD cables into the CLK1/CLK2
port of PTPCTL. Route the cable to the left, ensuring that the cable routing is not too
tight.
Figure 2-61 Card locked in place
Equipment Installation PTPCTL Installation procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-88 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 115/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Insert the SFP module, as applicable, using shelf-specific documentation from the
customer. Slide the replacement SFP module into the SFP slot. Push the front of the SFP
module until you hear a "click" sound, indicating that the SFP module is securely locked
into the SFP slot.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Inspect and clean the SFP modules after insertion.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Only short/angled boot fiber connector could be used for this card. When short boot fiber
connector is used, go to Step 11. For angled boot fiber connector, turn the boot 90 degree
clockwise as shown in the following figure to provide fiber routing enough bent radius.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Uncap, inspect, clean (as needed), and connect fibers to all required ports with the short
boot or angled boot fiber connectors. Also, it is recommended to use Scotch tapes to holdthe fibers together in an appropriate way.
Figure 2-62 Angled boot fiber connector
Figure 2-63 Fibers connected to ports
Equipment Installation PTPCTL Installation procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-89
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 116/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Ensure cables/fibers are well routed and not too tight, and close shelf cover carefully if
mounted on EIA/ANSI rack.
Figure 2-64 Shelf cover
Equipment Installation PTPCTL Installation procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-90 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 117/403
PTPIO Installation procedures
Before you begin
Refer to the following points before starting the PTPIO card installation:
1. Refer to the Rack face drawings for the site to determine where the card is required to be placed.
2. Check the following figures to understand the LC adaptors and their assignments.
LC interface description on front plate
The following figure shows the LC interface assignments:
Figure 2-65 LC adaptors
Equipment Installation PTPIO Installation procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-91
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 118/403
Procedure
This procedure describes the steps to install a PTPIO card.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Place the card in an ESD bag and set it aside nearby so that you can immediately continue
with the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Hold the replacement card with one hand on the faceplate and the other on the bottom of
the card PCB.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Align the card PCB with the card guides.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Slide the card along the card guides into the slot. When the card is partially inserted,
grasp the card by the latch, with the latch in the open position.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Ensure that no fibers from adjacent cards are in the way, and slide the card into the slot.
You may encounter some resistance when the card touches the backplane. Use gentle
force to seat the card on the backplane....................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Lock the card into place by closing the latches. As the latches close, they push against the
latching tabs on the shelf or a cross member, further seating the card. Continue to close
the latches until they are flush with the card faceplate, locking the card in place.
Figure 2-66 LC interface assignments
Equipment Installation PTPIO Installation procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-92 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 119/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Only short/angled boot fiber connector could be used for this card. When short boot fiber
connector is used, go to Step 8. For angled boot fiber connector, turn the boot 90 degree
clockwise as shown in the following figure to provide fiber routing enough bent radius.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Uncap, inspect, clean (as needed), and connect fibers to all required ports with the short
boot or angled boot fiber connectors. Also, it is recommended to use Scotch tapes to hold
the fibers together in an appropriate way.
Figure 2-67 Card locked in place
Figure 2-68 Angled boot fiber connector
Equipment Installation PTPIO Installation procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-93
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 120/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Ensure that the cables/fibers are well routed and not too tight, and close the shelf cover
carefully if mounted on EIA/ANSI rack.
Figure 2-69 Fibers connected to ports
Figure 2-70 Shelf cover
Equipment Installation PTPIO Installation procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-94 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 121/403
SPD Shelf Installation procedures
Procedure
Complete the following steps to install Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 SPD shelf in an ANSI
equipment rack....................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Determine the mounting location, the PSS-4 SPD shelf should be mounted under the
PSS-4 shelf.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 For 19 inch ANSI rack, attach 19 inch ANSI rack mounting ears 3KC13294AAAA to
each side of the 1830 PSS-4 SPD shelf, using three M3 screws (1AD009040012) per side.
See the following figure:
For 23 inch ANSI rack, attach 23 inch ANSI rack mounting ears 3KC13295AAAA to
each side of the 1830 PSS-4 SPD shelf, using three M3 screws (1AD009040012) per side.
See the following figure:
Figure 2-71 SPD installation for a 19 inch ANSI rack
Equipment Installation SPD Shelf Installation procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-95
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 122/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Mount the 1830 PSS-4 SPD shelf in an ANSI rack, using two 12-24 screws
(1AD139920001) per side.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 is suitable for Common Building Network (CBN) or Isolated
Building Network (IBN) applications. GR-295-CORE requirements apply for IBN
applications.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Connect shelf ground wire, if applicable, to the back of the 1830 PSS-4. A ground cable is
not included with the equipment and must be supplied separately. The ground wire should
be 14 AWG (2.0 mm² cross-section) at a minimum and have a FCI/Burndy
YAV10-2TC10, or equivalent, 14 AWG two-hole lug with 0.625 inch spacing.
Note: Use only the M4 screws provided with the equipment for attaching the ground
cable to the rear of the chassis.
Figure 2-72 SPD installation for a 23 inch ANSI rack
Equipment Installation SPD Shelf Installation procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-96 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 123/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 124/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Ensure no sides of these two items are connecting either power supply or AC filter cards.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Plug the outlet of the cable CA-AC Power supply 3KC05127AXAA into the input
connector of the SPD shelf unit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Plug one end of the AC CABLE ADAPTOR 3KC13016AA into the output connector of
the SPD shelf unit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 Plug the connector of the AC CABLE ADAPTOR into the power input port of the AC
filter and ensure that the connection is reliable as shown in the following figure:
Figure 2-74 Power supply cable
Equipment Installation SPD Shelf Installation procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-98 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 125/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 Use cable tie1AD000100022 to tie the cable to the handle of the SPD unit.
Figure 2-75 Plugging the connector
Figure 2-76 Cable tie
Equipment Installation SPD Shelf Installation procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-99
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 126/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 The left SPD unit connects to the left AC filter, and the right SPD unit connects to the
right AC filter.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 Route the cable and secure towards AC power supply. Place the plug of the cable ‘CA-AC
Power Supply’ near the outlet of the AC power supply. Do not plug it into the AC power
outlet before following steps.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 Ensure that the cable routing near AC filter is not too tight.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 Ensure that the switch of the AC filter is in ‘OFF’ status. If not, use 0# screw driver to
turn it off as shown in the following figure:
Figure 2-77 SPD unit connects to the AC filter
Equipment Installation SPD Shelf Installation procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-100 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 127/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
19 Verify that the designated AC power source outlet is surge protected. Refer to the “Power
filters” (p. 2-202) for the AC power source specification. Refer the site engineering
specification for any additional site specific AC requirements. Connect the other end of
the cable ‘CA-AC Power Supply’ to the outlet of AC power supply.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20 Turn the switch of the AC filter ‘ON’ with 0# screw driver as shown in the followingfigure:
Figure 2-78 AC filter switch - OFF status
Equipment Installation SPD Shelf Installation procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-101
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 128/403
Figure 2-79 AC filter switch - ON status
Equipment Installation SPD Shelf Installation procedures
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-102 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 129/403
Shelf cover installation
Before you begin
Mounting kits are available with the hardware needed to install Alcatel-Lucent 1830
PSS-4 in a standard EIA, ANSI, or ETSI equipment rack. For details and orderinginformation, see 1830 PSS-4 installation kits in Product Information and Planning Guide.
Note: There are two front covers for 1830 PSS-4 shelf, the standard cover is:
3KC12890AAAC, the extended cover is: 3KC13331AAAA. When 112PDM11 pack
is used in 1830 PSS-4 shelf, the extended cover should be ordered; the procedure of
installation is the same as that of the standard cover shown below.
Procedure for shelf cover installation
Complete the following steps to install the shelf cover.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Ensure all cables including power chords, fibers, and cables are well connected and
routed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Hook the shelf cover as shown in the following figure so as to include all the cables.
Equipment Installation Shelf cover installation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-103
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 130/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Place the two bottom pillars of shelf cover into the bottom hooks of shelf, and ensure that
no fibers from the left of shelf cover are in the way.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Place the shelf cover in position and ensure that no cables or fibers are in the way. Secure
the captive screw on the right side.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Secure the captive screw in the left side with one #1 Philips screw driver with 200 mm
shank or longer. Ensure no cables or fibers are in the way.
Procedure for removing shelf cover
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Loosen the captive screw on the right with thumb or #1 Philips screw driver with 200 mm
shank or longer.
Equipment Installation Shelf cover installation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
2-104 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 131/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Similarly, loosen the captive screw on the left side. Ensure that no cables or fibers from
the left of shelf cover are in the way.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Take the shelf cover off from the shelf by tilting the top portion towards the front asshown in the following figure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Remove the bottom pillars of the shelf cover from the bottom hooks.
Equipment Installation Shelf cover installation
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
2-105
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 132/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 133/403
3 3Fan and air filter
installation
Overview
Purpose
This chapter provides instructions for installation and replacement of the fan and air filter.
Contents
Fan installation and replacement 3-2
Fan air filter replacement 3-4
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
3-1
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 134/403
Fan installation and replacement
Fan installation and replacement procedure
CAUTION
Possibility of personal injury.
Personal injury can result from contact with moving fan blades.
Avoid contact with rotating fans. Personal injury can be caused by rotating fans.
The following procedure describes how to replace the fan module of the 1830 PSS-4. To
install a fan module in an empty shelf, only perform steps 3 and 4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Completely loosen the fan module retaining screw.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Grasp the handle of the fan module and pull it straight out of the 1830 PSS-4 unit.
Fan and air filter installation Fan installation and replacement
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-2 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 135/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 To install the new or replacement fan module align it with the opening in the 1830 PSS-4
unit, and slide it straight into the unit until it seats with the internal power connector.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Completely tighten the retaining screw, but do not overtighten.
Figure 3-1 1830 PSS-4 fan module
Fan and air filter installation Fan installation and replacement
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
3-3
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 136/403
Fan air filter replacement
NOTICE
Equipment damage
Potential equipment damage
Before installing or removing the filter, check that the protective adhesive film has been
removed.
Fan air filter replacement procedure
CAUTION
Possibility of personal injury.
Personal injury can result from contact with moving fan blades.
Avoid contact with rotating fans. Personal injury can be caused by rotating fans.
CAUTION
Contamination possible
Contamination can be drawn into the unit when the fan filter is removed.
To prevent the possibility of contamination being drawn into the unit when the fan filter is
removed fans must be temporarily shut down before the replacement of the filter. It is
important that the new fan filter is installed and the fans restarted within 120 secs to prevent overheating of circuit components.
Air filters on Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 units should be replaced at 3-month intervals or
sooner if necessary.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Remove the subrack cover.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Completely loosen the air filter cover retaining screw and remove cover.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Grasp the end of the air filter and pull it straight out of the 1830 PSS-4 unit as shown in
the following figure.
Fan and air filter installation Fan air filter replacement
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-4 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 137/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Align the new air filter with the opening in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 unit, and slideit straight into the unit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Install the cover and completely tighten the retaining screw, but do not overtighten.
Figure 3-2 Air filter removal
Fan and air filter installation Fan air filter replacement
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
3-5
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 138/403
Fan and air filter installation Fan air filter replacement
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
3-6 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 139/403
4 4Stand-alone node set-up
Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes how to provision an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service
Switch-4 (PSS-4) network element (NE).
Contents
Required materials 4-2
Preconditioning 4-6
Connect to the NE and initialize database 4-7
Connect to the NE for CLI access 4-16
Configure the software environment and load, and commit the software 4-18
Set the NE to operate in SDH mode 4-27
Set the loopback IP address 4-28
Configure networking information 4-30
Configure GNE for management system access 4-35
Set the network element date and time 4-41
Disable the ES port monitoring 4-47
Firmware Update 4-50
Update firmware on all circuit packs 4-52
Circuit Pack Handling 4-52
Configure additional system properties 4-58
Example configuration of FTP server 4-60
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-1
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 140/403
Required materials
Overview
This section provides procedures to download and activate Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
software on a new NE.
Service disruption caution
These procedures should be completed on a new NE only. Existing provisioning on the
NE including any traffic is lost.
Required materials
The following items are required:
• Personal computer (PC) running Windows 2000 or Windows XP
•
The following software should be loaded on the PC. – Internet Explorer version 6 or greater
– SUN Java Runtime Environment version 5 or greater
– Telnet application
– FTP server software
• 10/100 BaseT LAN card
• Shielded RJ-45 CIT cable (APN: 3KC13172AAAA)
Note: Connecting CIT port with common RJ-45 network cable may cause system
hang up or release downloading failure. Order the authorized cable
(3KC13172AAAA) and use for connection.
• New CIT cable
See Figure 4-1, “New CIT cable” (p. 4-3).
• Shielded RJ-45 straight-through cable
Note: It is extremely important that the RJ-45 cable be shielded. Unshielded RJ-45
cables do not provide adequate protection to the system hardware.
• ESD wrist strap
Stand-alone node set-up Required materials
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-2 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 141/403
Legend:
X1 RJ-45 to connect to EC CIT port
X2 RJ-45 to connect PC LAN port for CIT
X3 DB9 connector to connect PC series port for debugging
Table 4-1 New CIT cable pin assignments
Wire X1 X2 X3 Color
W1 1 3 NA White/Blue
2 6 NA Blue
3 1 NA White/Orange6 2 NA Orange
W2 4 NA 5 White/Blue
5 NA NA Blue
7 NA 3 White/Orange
8 NA 2 Orange
Figure 4-1 New CIT cable
Stand-alone node set-up Required materials
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-3
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 142/403
Release change notices
Review the Customer Release Notes for information about changes in the most recentrelease.
Precautions and recommendations
Ensure that you read and understand the following:
• Read the entire software installation procedure before beginning.
Figure 4-2 New CIT cable (another view)
Stand-alone node set-up Required materials
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-4 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 143/403
If installing or upgrading to software associated with a new release, read and follow
the instructions in the Customer Release Notes for that release.
• The person performing the software installation must be trained and have an
understanding of the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 system.
• Perform the software installation procedure in the sequence provided; any deviation
may lead to unpredictable Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 behavior.
• Use care when handling circuit packs.
• Use ESD wrist straps and static-safe bags.
Note: Graphics and screen illustrations utilized in this section may not contain current
release designations. They are for reference only.
Stand-alone node set-up Required materials
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-5
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 144/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 145/403
Connect to the NE and initialize database
Purpose
You can connect directly to the network element (NE) to access the web interface
(WebUI). No client software is needed on your PC, only Internet Explorer.In most cases, Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 is shipped with factory load.
The following procedures provide the first steps for establishing connection to the NE
using WebUI or CLI and creating an initial database.
• For WebUI procedure, see “WebUI procedure” (p. 4-7).
• For CLI procedure, see “CLI procedure” (p. 4-12).
WebUI procedure
Note: SUN Java Runtime Environment must be installed on the PC.
Note: Popup blockers must be turned off in Internet Explorer.
Note: The network element is equipped with a DHCP server. Your LAN port must be
configured to obtain an IP address automatically.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Connect one end of the CIT cable to the CIT port on the EC. Connect the other end of the
CIT cable to the Ethernet port on your PC.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Open a PC command window and type ipconfig and <Enter>. Verify that the IP
address assigned by the NE to your PC is 172.16.0.x. See Figure 4-3, “PC commandwindow” (p. 4-7).
Figure 4-3 PC command window
Stand-alone node set-up Connect to the NE and initialize database
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-7
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 146/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Launch Internet Explorer and enter the IP address of the CIT port in the Address bar. The
default address for an uncommissioned NE is 172.16.0.1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Click Go.Result: The browser connects to the network element and the WebUI login window is
displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Enter admin in the User: field and admin in the Password: field. Then click Login.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 A warning message appears. If there is no warning message, go to Step 11.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 If the warning is similar to Figure 4-5, “WebUI invalid database warning” (p. 4-9), click
Initialize at the bottom and then continue to Step 10.
Figure 4-4 Login Screen
Stand-alone node set-up Connect to the NE and initialize database
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-8 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 147/403
If the warning only shows the DBINVALID alarm without “Initialize” option, then
continue to Step 8.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Open a CLI session using the procedure “Connect to the NE for CLI access” (p. 4-16).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Clear the database by typing config database clear command and <Enter>. Type
Yes and <Enter>, when prompted at the warning message.
The sample output is as shown in the following:
WARNING: This is service affecting.
After the database has been erased
the system will automatically restart.
Are you sure you want to erase the database (yes, no)? yes
Figure 4-5 WebUI invalid database warning
Stand-alone node set-up Connect to the NE and initialize database
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-9
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 148/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 The system will restart on its own after initialization. The following Figure shows the
User information to show that the NE is restarting.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 The system prompts you for a new NE name as shown in Figure 4-7, “WebUI NE name
prompt” (p. 4-10). Type the expected NE name and click Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 The system's further action depends on the following scenarios.
If Then
the NE is pre-installed with load
1830PSS4-0.0-1
the system will restart as shown in Figure 4-9,
“WebUI NE restart progress window”
(p. 4-11). The restart takes about 2-15 mins.
the NE is pre-installed with load
1830PSS4-0.0-2, .
no system restart is required, just click Log
back in then go to Step 14.
Note: Pre-installed load can be read out from Software Release in system properties
screen as shown in the following Figure.
Figure 4-6 NE restart info
Figure 4-7 WebUI NE name prompt
Stand-alone node set-up Connect to the NE and initialize database
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-10 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 149/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 After restart is complete, log back in to the WebUI interface and the system properties
view is opened.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 Check if a No committed software load alarm exists. If the alarm is present,
continue to Step 15. If the alarm is not present, go to Step 18.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 In the WebUI, select Administration -> Software -> Upgrade.
Figure 4-8 NE System properties screen
Figure 4-9 WebUI NE restart progress window
Stand-alone node set-up Connect to the NE and initialize database
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-11
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 150/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 Select Commit for the Action Type and click Apply.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 Click Refresh and verify the command completed and the Committed Release is
populated....................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 If the NE is pre-installed with 1830PSS4-0.0-2, set loopback IP before SW upgrade is
recommended. It saves time without NE restart. Refer to “Set the loopback IP address”
(p. 4-28) section for detailed instruction. Instead of waiting for the NE to restart, click OK
on the following window and then back to NE.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
19 If there are additional shelves in the system, repeat Step 1 through Step 17 for each shelf
in the system.
CLI procedure
Note: Database initial function (that is, commissioning) through CLI is unavailable on
NE with Factory load 0.0-1.
Figure 4-10 Warning Message for Loopback IP change
Stand-alone node set-up Connect to the NE and initialize database
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-12 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 151/403
Use the following steps to commission the NE by CLI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Open a CLI session as described in the procedure, “Connect to the NE for CLI access”
(p. 4-16).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Type config admin commission.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Wait for the NE to restart and login again.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Perform the CLI command config admin commission again and follow the
procedure as shown in the following Figure.
Stand-alone node set-up Connect to the NE and initialize database
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-13
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 152/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Input the desired NE TID and save configuration as shown in the following Figure.
Stand-alone node set-up Connect to the NE and initialize database
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-14 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 153/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Perform the CLI command config admin commission and check that the NE is
commissioned as shown in the following Figure.
Note: The CLI prompt will not change to new TID until the system restarts.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Configure the NE loopback IP address as shown in the following Figure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 If there are additional shelves in the system, repeat Step 1 through Step 6 for each shelf in
the system.
Stand-alone node set-up Connect to the NE and initialize database
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-15
E N D O F S T E P S
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 154/403
Connect to the NE for CLI access
Overview
You can connect directly to the network element to access the CLI. No client software is
needed on your PC, only a Telnet application. The remaining procedures in this chapter are completed using CLI.
Procedure
You can connect a computer (typically a laptop) directly to a network element to access
the CLI using the CIT port on the EC. On multi-shelf network elements, the CIT port is
active on the master shelf only. Note this is the same connection used for the WebUI
interface.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 If not already connected, connect one end of the CIT cable to the CIT port on EC.
Connect the other end of the CIT cable to the Ethernet port on your PC.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Use a Telnet application on your PC and open a Telnet session connected to the IP address
of the CIT port.
The default address for an uncommissioned NE is 172.16.0.1
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Press <Enter> and the login: prompt appears. Type cli and <Enter>.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Type cli at the Password: prompt and Enter.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 This starts the CLI interface, and another Username: prompt appears. Type admin and
Enter.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 At the Password: prompt, type admin and <Enter>. This brings up the following
warning notice.
1830 PSS-4, WAVELENGTH TRACKERAlcatel-Lucent
(c) 2008 Alcatel-Lucent. All rights reserved.
Welcome to the CLI
Warning Notice
This system is restricted solely to Alcatel-Lucent authorizedusers for legitimate business purposes only. The actual orattempted unauthorized access, use, or modification of this system
Stand-alone node set-up Connect to the NE for CLI access
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-16 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 155/403
is strictly prohibited by Alcatel-Lucent. Unauthorized users aresubject to Company disciplinary proceedings and/or criminal andcivil penalties under state, federal, or other applicable domesticand foreign laws. Use of this system may be monitored andrecorded for administrative and security reasons. Anyone accessingthis system expressly consents to such monitoring and is advisedthat if monitoring reveals possible evidence of criminal activity,
Alcatel-Lucent may provide the evidence of such activity to lawenforcement officials. All users must comply with Alcatel-LucentCorporate Instructions regarding the protection of Alcatel-Lucentinformation assets.
Do you acknowledge? (Y/N)?
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Type Y and <Enter>.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 The current alarm summary is displayed followed by the NE# prompt. CLI commands
can now be entered. Type ? for a list of commands.
Stand-alone node set-up Connect to the NE for CLI access
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-17
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 156/403
Configure the software environment and load, and committhe software
Purpose
The NE is shipped with software pre-loaded, but only includes basic functions. Performthe following tasks to load and commit the correct software load on the NE.
The PC connected to the NE must have an FTP server running. The first step is to prepare
the FTP server on the NE. Then follow the CLI procedure for software download and
activation.
Note: Software download is only supported through the OAMP port. Starting from
Release 5.0 software download is supported through the CIT port. (See Configure the
OAMP Ethernet Port in Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4)
Release 6.0 User Provisioning Guide, 3KC-13325-AAAA-TQZZA for connection
details. Connection of a CIT port on a slave shelf to an external LAN is forbidden.)
Note: In multi-shelf installations, the slave EC and Master NE must be installed and
committed with same software load.
OAMP port configuration
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Login to CLI. See the procedure in “Connect to the NE for CLI access” (p. 4-16).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Type config interface 1/1/oamp ip <address>/<mask> and <Enter>.
Where <address> is the IP address and <mask> represents the subnet mask following
the CIDR format. Obtain this information from the site documentation.
Note: The port must be enabled for this command to take effect. To enable the port,
type config interface ec 1/1/oamp state up and <Enter>.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Change the TCP/IP properties on the PC from Obtain an IP address automatically
(DHCP) to a static IP address within the same subnet as the address provisioned in Step 2.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Disconnect the CIT cable from the EC CIT port and the PC. Connect a straight-through
Ethernet cable to the OAMP port and the other end of the cable to the Ethernet port on the
PC.
Stand-alone node set-up Configure the software environment and load, and committhe software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-18 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 157/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Login to CLI, but this time Telnet to the IP address provisioned for the OAMP port.
FTP server preparation
Note: Refer to “Example configuration of FTP server” (p. 4-60) for more detailed
instructions on configuring an FTP server.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Start the FTP server application on your PC and create a user account. Record the User ID
and password established for the account.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Establish a root directory for the server and ensure that it has read and write privileges.You can create a folder in the root directory that contains the NE software.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Copy the folder and subfolders with the NE software into the FTP root directory
established as in Step 2.
Note: The software folder name has the format 1830PSS4-<ver>, where <ver> is the
version of software to be loaded. There should also be two subfolders named
“1830PSS4” and “1830PSS4M”. The software typically is provided on a CD.
PC preparation
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Open Windows Firewall from the Control Panel. See Figure 4-11, “Windows Firewall
settings” (p. 4-20).
Stand-alone node set-up Configure the software environment and load, and committhe software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-19
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 158/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Select Off . Then click OK .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Open a PC command window and type ipconfig and <Enter>. Note the IP address
assigned by the NE to your PC. This is used later in the procedure. See Figure 4-3, “PC
command window” (p. 4-7).
Figure 4-11 Windows Firewall settings
Stand-alone node set-up Configure the software environment and load, and committhe software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-20 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 159/403
CLI procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Type config software server ip <ip> and <Enter>.
Where <ip> is the IP address of the PC with the FTP server. This is the IP address you
obtained when using the ipconfig command....................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Type config software server userid <userid> and <Enter>.
Where <userid> is the user id of the user account defined on the FTP server.
Sample output is as shown in the following:
Enter password:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Type <pw> and <Enter>.
Where <pw> is the password for user account defined on the FTP server.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Type config software server root <path> and <Enter>.
Where <path> is the path to the NE software relative to the server root directory.
Note: If the software folder was copied directly into the root directory, enter / for the
<path>.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Type config software server detail and <Enter>.Sample output is shown in the following:
Software Server Protocol : FTP
Software Server IP : 172.16.0.2
Software Server Userid : sw1
Software Server Root Directory : /
Verify that the settings are correct.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Type config software upgrade status and <Enter>.
Sample output is shown in the following:
Software Upgrade Information:
Software Server IP : 172.16.0.2
Software Server Root Directory : /
Committed Release :
Working Release Directory :
Stand-alone node set-up Configure the software environment and load, and committhe software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-21
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 160/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 161/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Type config software upgrade manual load and <Enter>.
Result: This transfers the software to the NE. Generally it takes less than 10 mins for
Release 6.0 Software.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Type config software upgrade status and <Enter>.
Watch for the following lines.
...
Operation : Load
Operation Status : In Progress 0%
...
Continue to execute the status command until the Operation Status shows Completed.
If Operation status shows Failure, repeat Step 6 to Step 11 until it completes.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Type config software upgrade manual activate and <Enter>.
Result: This activates the software on the 1830 PSS-4.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 The NE reboots and the Telnet connection drops. Wait for about 30 mins after the fan
speed drops back down to normal speed and login to the NE. (This is applicable for pre
3.6.0 releases).
Wait for 1 min after EC LED stops blinking green and log back in to the NE. (This is
applicable for 3.6.0 and later)
Refer to “Connect to the NE for CLI access” (p. 4-16).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 Type config software upgrade status and <Enter>.
Watch for the following lines.
...
Operation : Activate
Operation Status : In Progress 0%
...
Continue to execute the status command until the Operation Status shows Completed.
If Operation Status shows Failure or Active Release not switched to new
load, do not proceed or redo the previous steps, contact Alcatel-Lucent Support for
check.
Stand-alone node set-up Configure the software environment and load, and committhe software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-23
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 162/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 The NE may have a DBINVALID alarm. If the alarm is not present, go to Step 18.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 Clear the database by typing config database clear and <Enter>. Type yes and
<Enter> when prompted at the warning message.Example: Sample output is as shown in the following:
WARNING: This is service affecting.
After the database has been erased
the system will automatically restart.
Are you sure you want to erase the database (yes, no)? yes
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 The system will automatically restart after initialization. Log in to the CLI after the restart
is complete.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 Type config software upgrade commit and <Enter>.
Result: This commits the software to be the primary release.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
19 Type config software upgrade status and <Enter>.
Watch for the following lines.
...
Operation : CommitOperation Status : In Progress 0%
.
Continue to execute the status command until the Operations Status shows Completed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20 After the last status command is executed, verify that the new software release is
displayed as the committed, working, and active release.
See the following sample output:
Software Server IP : 172.16.0.2
Software Server Root Directory : /
Committed Release : 1830PSS4-6.0-0
Working Release Directory : 1830PSS4-6.0-0/
Working Release : 1830PSS4-6.0-0
Active Release : 1830PSS4-6.0-0
Operation : Commit
Operation Status : Completed
Stand-alone node set-up Configure the software environment and load, and committhe software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-24 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 163/403
Upgrade Path Available : True
Software Download Script(Timezone: ):
Continue to execute the status command until the Operation Status shows Completed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
21 Insert OT and LD circuit packs at this time. Insert one at a time allowing each circuit pack to boot before inserting the next.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
22 If this is a multi-shelf system, repeat from Step 1 of “OAMP port configuration”
(p. 4-18), through Step 21 for each shelf in the system.
Connect to peer shelves
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 If this is a multi-shelf system, perform the following steps to connect each of the peer
shelves to the master. If there is only a single master shelf, skip to Step 9.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Connect the PC to the master shelf with the CIT cable and login to CLI following
“Connect to the NE for CLI access” (p. 4-16).
Note: Do not connect either the CIT port or the OAMP port of the peer shelf to a
LAN.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Power down the next peer shelf to be added and set the shelf ID according the settings
shown in Table 4-2, “Shelf ID and settings” (p. 4-25). Ensure that there is no duplicate
shelf ID on peer shelf. Connecting shelves with duplicate shelf ID will cause the NE to
continuously reboot.
Table 4-2 Shelf ID and settings
Shelf Shelf ID setting
Master 1
Peer shelf 1 2
Peer shelf 2 3
Peer shelf 3 4
Peer shelf 4 5
Peer shelf 5 6
Stand-alone node set-up Configure the software environment and load, and committhe software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-25
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 164/403
Table 4-2 Shelf ID and settings (continued)
Shelf Shelf ID setting
Peer shelf 6 7
Peer shelf 7 8
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Power up the shelf again.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Connect the ES1 port of the peer shelf to the ES2 port of the previous shelf in the system
using a cross-over cable.
Note: Never configure the system in a closed ring topology (a cable connected
from the last shelf back to the master shelf). This can cause a broadcast storm
leading to system instability....................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Wait for 10 mins and type sh shelf * and <Enter>. Verify the new shelf shows in the
inventory.
Note: If new shelf information cannot be retrieved or master shelf starts to reboot,
check the shelfID and cross-over cable of the new shelf .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Type alm and <Enter>. Verify that there are no unexpected alarms.
Note: There can be link down alarms on unconnected ES1/ES2 ports....................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 If there are additional peer shelves to be added go to Step 3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 The system is now ready for provisioning.
Stand-alone node set-up Configure the software environment and load, and committhe software
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-26 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 165/403
Set the NE to operate in SDH mode
Background
The network element defaults to SONET mode. Perform this procedure only if you want
the network element to operate in SDH mode.Note: This procedure should only be executed when a system is first turned up.
Procedure
If you want the network element to operate in SONET mode, skip to “Set the loopback IP
address” (p. 4-28).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Type show version and <Enter>.
Sample output:
Software Version: 1830PSS4-6.0
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Copy the string after “Software Version:” This is used as the password for the SDH mode
command.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Type config admin mode sdh <pw> and <Enter>.
Where <pw> is the password copied in the previous step.
Result: The following Warning message appears.
WARNING: Changing the SONET/SDH mode will cause the databaseto be cleared, the node to be cold reset and all services tobe deleted. Enter 'yes' to confirm, 'no' to cancel:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Type yes and <Enter>.
Result: You are logged out. The procedure is complete.
Stand-alone node set-up Set the NE to operate in SDH mode
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-27
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 166/403
Set the loopback IP address
Purpose
Each network element (NE) requires a loopback address for IP connectivity. The default
loopback IP address for a new NE is 172.16.1.1/32....................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 If using the CLI, continue to “Procedure - CLI” (p. 4-28).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If using the WebUI, continue to “Procedure - WebUI” (p. 4-28).
Procedure - CLI...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Type config interface loopback ip <address>/32 and <Enter>.
Where <address> is the IP address. Obtain this information from the site documentation.
Result: The following warning message appears.
WARNING: Changing the loopback IP address will result
in a warm reset of this network element.
Enter 'yes' to confirm, 'no' to cancel:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Type yes and <Enter>.
Result: The CLI session is terminated.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Follow the CLI login procedure described in “Connect to the NE for CLI access”
(p. 4-16).
Procedure - WebUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 In the WebUI, click System on the left pane.
Stand-alone node set-up Set the loopback IP address
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-28 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 167/403
Result: The System Properties screen is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Enter the loopback IP address in Loopback IP: box.
Note: The default loopback IP address for a new NE is 172.16.1.1/32.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Enter the loopback Subnet mask in Loopback Subnet Mask: box.
Note: The default loopback subnet mask is 255.255.255.255
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Select the SNMP source as Loopback IP only from the list.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Click Submit.
Note: If the Loopback IP, Loopback Subnet Mask and/or SNMP Source is changed,the WebUI displays the following warning message. The user will be allowed to
continue with the modify request or cancel. Upon continuing with the request, the
WebUI will send the modify request to the NE and logout the user.
Result: The WebUI displays the following warning message.
“Warning: You are about to change the Loopback IP, Subnet Mask and/or
SNMP Source. This will cause a warm reboot of the Network Elementand all
users will be logged off. Continue?”
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Select Yes to continue.
Result: The session is terminated and the user is logged out.
Stand-alone node set-up Set the loopback IP address
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-29
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 168/403
Configure networking information
Loopback IP address
Follow these steps to configure the loopback IP address.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Select System and then Details tab.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Enter the Loopback IP address (customer provided) and Loopback Subnet Mask
(255.255.255.255).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Click Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Click OK at the Warning. The system will reboot (around 2 minutes.)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Log back in to the WebUI when the system is back up.
GNE OAMP IP address
If the NE will act as a Gateway Network Element (GNE) then the OAMP port must be
provisioned and activated using the following procedure.
Note: Verify that the GNE is disconnected from the customer OSS LAN to ensure that the
customer does not log in to the NE during turn-up.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 In the equipment tree expand Shelf 1 | EC | OAMP and select the Port Details tab.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Enter the OAMP IP address and subnet mask .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Check Port Enabled.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Click Submit.
Stand-alone node set-up Configure networking information
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-30 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 169/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5
If the customer is using... Then ...
Static Routes for GNE OAMP connection Proceed with Step 6.
OSPF Routing for GNE OAMP connection Proceed to “OSPF routing configuration”(p. 4-32).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Create a static route to the Default Gateway.
Select Administration | Networking | IP Routes.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Click Create.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Check the Default Route box:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 In the Next Hop address enter the default gateway IP address provided by the customer.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Check the Redistribute box.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Click Apply. The default route is created:
Figure 4-12 Default route box
Figure 4-13 Default route
Stand-alone node set-up Configure networking information
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-31
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 170/403
OSPF routing configurationUse this procedure to configure the OSPF routing only if the customer is using OSPF, and
not static routes, to manage the data communication network. Refer “GNE OAMP IP
address” (p. 4-30).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 In the equipment tree expand Shelf 1 | EC | OAMP port and select the OSPF Details
tab.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Set the OSPF Routing to Enable. Click Submit.
Verify from customer DCN information that the DCN is using OSPF area 0.
Note: If the customer is not using OSPF area 0, then the required area must be
created. See Steps 4-7.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Refresh this screen until the OSPF Adjacency State is Full.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If you need to create an OSPF Area other than default Area 0, in the equipment tree view
select Administration | Networking | OSPF Areas.
Select Create.
Figure 4-14 OSPF settings
Stand-alone node set-up Configure networking information
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-32 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 171/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Define the OSPF Area.
Define the Area Type attributes.
Stub - A stub area is an area which does not receive route advertisements external to the
autonomous system (AS) and routing from within the area is based entirely on a default
route.
Nonstub is normal OSPF operation (that is, 1.1.1.254).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Click Apply, then Close.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 In the equipment tree view select Administration | Networking | OSPF Areas. Verify
that new OSPF Area is created:
Figure 4-15 Create OSPF Area
Figure 4-16 New OSPF area created
Stand-alone node set-up Configure networking information
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-33
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 172/403
Stand-alone node set-up Configure networking information
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-34 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 173/403
Configure GNE for management system access
Background
The NE, if configured as a Gateway Network Element (GNE), can connect to an Element
Management System (EMS) through the OAMP port. The IP address must be provisionedand the OAMP port enabled to use this port. In addition, an IP route must be established
to route connections to the RNEs.
Purpose
Use this procedure to provision and enable the OAMP port, so that the NE can act as a
Gateway Network Element. The procedure also provisions the IP route information to
allow connection to RNEs. Not all NEs (that is, RNEs) require this provisioning. Refer to
the site documentation.
Procedure...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 If using WebUI, continue to “WebUI Procedure” (p. 4-35).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If using CLI, continue to “CLI procedure” (p. 4-39).
WebUI Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Expand “Shelf 1” in the equipment tree and then expand “Slot 1: EC”.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Select OAMP.
Stand-alone node set-up Configure GNE for management system access
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-35
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 174/403
Result: The Port Interface Settings window appears as shown in Figure 4-17,
“WebUI OAMP port provisioning” (p. 4-36).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Enter the IP address and subnet mask as indicated in the site documentation.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Check the Port Enabled check-box.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Click Submit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Select Administration -> Networking -> IP Routes from the top menu as shown in
Figure 4-18, “WebUI IP routes menu” (p. 4-37).
Figure 4-17 WebUI OAMP port provisioning
Stand-alone node set-up Configure GNE for management system access
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-36 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 175/403
Result: The IP Routes window is displayed as shown in Figure 4-19, “WebUI IP
routes window” (p. 4-37).
Figure 4-18 WebUI IP routes menu
Figure 4-19 WebUI IP routes window
Stand-alone node set-up Configure GNE for management system access
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-37
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 176/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Click Create.
Result: The Create IP Routes window is displayed as shown in Figure 4-20, “WebUI
Create IP route window” (p. 4-38).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Enter IP address of the destination host or network in Destination IP: field.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Enter IP subnet mask of the route in Mask: field.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Enter IP address of the next interface in the route, also known as the gateway address in
Next Hop: field.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Enter the distance between the hops in the Distance: field....................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Click Apply.
Figure 4-20 WebUI Create IP route window
Stand-alone node set-up Configure GNE for management system access
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-38 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 177/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 Verify that the new IP route is now shown in the IP routes window as shown in Figure
4-21, “WebUI IP routes window with new route” (p. 4-39).
CLI procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Configure the OAMP Ethernet port. (Also see, Configure the OAMP Ethernet port in
User Provisioning Guide.
Type config interface ec 1/1/oamp ip <address>/<mask> and <Enter>.
Where <address> is the IP address and <mask> represents the subnet mask following the
CIDR format. Obtain this information from the site documentation.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Type config interface ec 1/1/oamp state up and Enter, to set the state of the
interface to up.
Figure 4-21 WebUI IP routes window with new route
Stand-alone node set-up Configure GNE for management system access
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-39
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 178/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Type config interface ec 1/1/oamp routestate enabled and <Enter>, to
enable routing on the interface.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Type config cn routes static add <destination IP address>/<mask> and <Enter>, to create static IP route.
Stand-alone node set-up Configure GNE for management system access
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-40 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 179/403
Set the network element date and time
Purpose
Use this procedure to set the network element (NE) date and time manually, by using the
network element internal clock, or by synchronizing the network element with a network time protocol (NTP) server. The following procedure performs the initial setting
manually.
Manual procedure to set NE date and time
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 If using the WebUI, continue to “WebUI procedure” (p. 4-41).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If using the CLI, continue to “CLI procedure” (p. 4-42).
WebUI procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 In the WebUI, select Administration > Date and Time as shown in the following figure.
Stand-alone node set-up Set the network element date and time
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-41
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 180/403
Result: The Date and Time Administration screen appears as shown in the following
figure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Enter the current date, time, and time zone settings and click Apply.
Note: All current WebUI users are logged off.
CLI procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Type config general date <date> and <Enter>.
Where <date> is of the format yyyy mm dd
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Type config general time <time> and <Enter>.
Where <time> is of the format hh mm ss, and hh is between 0 and 23, mm is between 0
and 59, and ss is between 0 and 59.
Stand-alone node set-up Set the network element date and time
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-42 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 181/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 182/403
Result: The Create NTP Server screen is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Enter the Server IP and click Apply to submit the changes.
Result: A new NTP server is created.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 To activate the new NTP server, select Administration > NTP > Properties.
Figure 4-23 Create NTP Server screen
Stand-alone node set-up Set the network element date and time
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-44 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 183/403
Result: The Network Time Protocol Properties screen is displayed as shown in the
following figure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Select the NTP Enabled: and click Apply. Wait for a minute and then the NE can be
synchronized with the NTP server.
NTP CLI procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Type config general ntp add <index> <IP_address> and <Enter>.
Where <index> is the index number of the server and <IP_address> is the IP address of
the server.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Type config general ntp status enable.
Reference: Use this command to activate the NTP server.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Type show general ntp details.
Figure 4-24 Network Time Protocol Properties screen
Stand-alone node set-up Set the network element date and time
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-45
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 184/403
Reference: Use this command to view the NTP details.
Stand-alone node set-up Set the network element date and time
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-46 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 185/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 186/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 A Link down alarm is raised against the ES port when it is enabled. (See the following
figure)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Clear the Port Enabled check-box and click Submit. (See the following figure)
Stand-alone node set-up Disable the ES port monitoring
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-48 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 187/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 The link down alarm on ES port is cleared.
CLI procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Type show interface ec 1/1/ES1 or show interface ec 1/1/es2 and
<Enter>.
Verify the ES1 or ES2 port admin and link integrity state. The port admin default state is
UP. The Link Integrity state is down unless a LAN cable is connected to an extension
shelf.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Type alm and <Enter>.
Verify that there is a link down alarm on ES1 or ES2 unless a LAN cable is connected to
an extension shelf.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Type config interface ec 1/1/es1 state down or
config interface ec 1/1/es2 state down and <Enter>.
Disable the ES1 or ES2 Port Monitoring.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Type alm and <Enter>.
Verify that the link down alarm is cleared on ES1 or ES2 unless a LAN cable is connected
to an extension shelf.
Stand-alone node set-up Disable the ES port monitoring
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-49
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 188/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 189/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Select the card in the equipment tree.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Select the Firmware tab, then Provision release.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Select the requested firmware profile.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Click Submit.
Stand-alone node set-up Firmware Update
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-51
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 190/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 191/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 192/403
Figure 4-29, “Circuit pack handling - Example 4” (p. 4-54): Proper handling of the circuit
pack by the faceplate latches.
Improper Handling
Figure 4-28 Circuit pack handling - Example 3
Figure 4-29 Circuit pack handling - Example 4
Stand-alone node set-up Circuit Pack Handling
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-54 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 193/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 194/403
OSC SFP Equipage
DO NOT: Do not mishandle circuit boards. It is possible to damage internal fibers and
components on Line Driver (LD) and Optical Amplifier (OA) circuit packs if they are
physically mishandled.
When equipping the OSC SFP, read and understand the Optical Amplifier/Line Driver
installation section of the 1830 PSS Installation and System Turn-Up Guide.
Set the LD/OA flat on an electrostatic discharge (ESD) safe work surface before
attempting to remove or equip the OSC SFP.
Figure 4-31 Improper handling of the circuit pack - Example 6
Stand-alone node set-up Circuit Pack Handling
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-56 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 195/403
Figure 4-32 Proper LC Connector Handling
Figure 4-33 Broken OSC Fibers
Stand-alone node set-up Circuit Pack Handling
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-57
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 196/403
Configure additional system properties
Purpose
Use this procedure to make changes to system properties including temperature units and
AINS timer. The AINS timer value is system-wide and is the default for all ports; thevalue can be overridden on each individual port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 If using the CLI, continue to “Procedure - CLI” (p. 4-58).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If using the WebUI, continue to “Procedure - WebUI” (p. 4-58).
Procedure - CLI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 To change the AINS timer value, type config general ainstimer <hours> and
<Enter>.
Where <hours> is of the format <hh> [<mm>]. You can also type
config general ainstimer help for the default value and range.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 The temperature unit defaults to Celsius. To change the temperature units to Fahrenheit,
type config admin tempUnits fahrenheit and <Enter>.
Procedure - WebUI
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 In the WebUI, click System on the left pane.
Result: The System Properties screen is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 To modify the AINS timer value, select the AINS timer value in hours and minutes from
the list.
Stand-alone node set-up Configure additional system properties
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-58 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 197/403
The maximum value supported is 96 hours.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 To modify the temperature unit setting, select from Temperature Units: list.
The default temperature unit is Celsius and can be changed to Fahrenheit.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Click Submit to update the changes.
Stand-alone node set-up Configure additional system properties
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-59
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 198/403
Example configuration of FTP server
Background
There are different FTP server software applications available. This procedure provides
detailed configuration instructions using one of the most common platforms, FileZilla.However, the steps can be used as a reference for configuring other FTP server
applications. Consult the documentation for your specific FTP server software for
detailed instructions.
Note:
1. The FTP server for software download and Database Backup are configured
separately. FTP/SFTP can be provisioned for Software download server, and
TFTP/FTP/TFTP can be provisioned for Database Backup server.
2. Note that TFTP is sensitive to the number of the GCC/OSC spans, but SFTP/FTP
is not. Therefore, for DB back-up case, TFTP is not recommended for multi-span
configuration over GCC/OSC. Generally, SFTP/FTP is recommended for multi-span download/backup case.
3. FTP and SFTP has a similar transfer speed for both DB backup and Software
download. Generally, FTP is faster than SFTP, as it has a higher overhead
efficiency.
4. However, Note that FTP has Windows/Linux Compatibility issue for Software
download . If the FTP Server is a Windows Server, the download speed will be
reduced by half . The SFTP Sever is generally working fine in both
Windows/Linux for both Software downloading and DB backup.
PurposeThis procedure provides more detail to the steps listed in “FTP server preparation”
(p. 4-19).
Prerequisites
The FTP server application must be downloaded and installed on the PC. The FileZilla
server software can be downloaded from (http://filezillaproject.org/download.php?type=
server ).
Procedure
Disable the firewall on the PC
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Open Windows Firewall from the Control Panel.
Stand-alone node set-up Example configuration of FTP server
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-60 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 199/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Select Off . Then click OK .
FTP server configuration using FileZilla
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Start the FileZilla server software.
Result: The Connect to Server screen opens as shown in Figure 4-34, “FileZilla
connect to server window” (p. 4-61).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Leave the default settings and click OK .
Figure 4-34 FileZilla connect to server window
Stand-alone node set-up Example configuration of FTP server
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-61
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 200/403
Result: The server screen opens as shown in Figure 4-35, “FileZilla server window”
(p. 4-62).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Select Edit -> Groups from the top menu as shown in Figure 4-36, “FileZilla groups
menu” (p. 4-63).
Figure 4-35 FileZilla server window
Stand-alone node set-up Example configuration of FTP server
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-62 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 201/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 202/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 With the General page highlighted in the left pane, click Add on the right pane.
Result: The Add user group dialog screen opens as shown in Figure 4-38, “FileZilla
add group window” (p. 4-64).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Enter a group name in the Add user group dialog screen and click OK .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Select the Shared folders page in the left pane and the Groups screen changes as shown
in Figure 4-39, “FileZilla groups shared folders window” (p. 4-65) .
Figure 4-38 FileZilla add group window
Stand-alone node set-up Example configuration of FTP server
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-64 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 203/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Click Add and a browse screen opens as shown in Figure 4-40, “FileZilla browse folder
window” (p. 4-66).
Figure 4-39 FileZilla groups shared folders window
Stand-alone node set-up Example configuration of FTP server
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-65
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 204/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Browse to the folder where Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 software is or will be copied to,
and select it. Then click OK .
Note: Create a folder, if needed, for the software before performing this step.
Result: The folder appears in the directories screen.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 With the newly added folder selected, ensure that the Read and Write check-boxes are
selected.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Click Set as home dir.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 Click OK to close the screen.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 Select Edit -> Users from the top menu as shown in Figure 4-41, “FileZilla users menu”
(p. 4-67).
Figure 4-40 FileZilla browse folder window
Stand-alone node set-up Example configuration of FTP server
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-66 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 205/403
Figure 4-41 FileZilla users menu
Stand-alone node set-up Example configuration of FTP server
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-67
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 206/403
Result: The Users screen opens as shown in Figure 4-42, “FileZilla users window”
(p. 4-68).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 With the General page highlighted, click Add on the right pane.
Figure 4-42 FileZilla users window
Stand-alone node set-up Example configuration of FTP server
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-68 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 207/403
Result: The Add user account screen opens as shown in Figure 4-43, “FileZilla add
user window” (p. 4-69).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 Type a user account name in the top dialog box.
Note: The account name is the user id used in “Configure the software environment
and load, and commit the software” (p. 4-18).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 Select the group created in Step 7 from the list and click OK .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 Check the Password check-box and type a password in the dialog box.
Note: This is the password used in “Configure the software environment and load,
and commit the software” (p. 4-18).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
19 Select the group created in Step 7 from the Group Membership list.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20 Select the Shared folders page in the left pane and the Users screen changes as shown in
Figure 4-44, “FileZilla users shared folders window” (p. 4-70).
Figure 4-43 FileZilla add user window
Stand-alone node set-up Example configuration of FTP server
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-69
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 208/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
21 Click Add.
Figure 4-44 FileZilla users shared folders window
Stand-alone node set-up Example configuration of FTP server
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-70 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 209/403
Result: A browse window opens as shown in Figure 4-45, “FileZilla browse folder
window” (p. 4-71).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
22 Browse to the folder where the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 software is or will be copied
to, and select it. Then click OK .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
23 The folder appears in the directories screen. With the newly added folder selected, ensure
that the Read and Write check-boxes are checked.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
24 Click Set as home dir.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
25 Click OK to close the screen.
Figure 4-45 FileZilla browse folder window
Stand-alone node set-up Example configuration of FTP server
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
4-71
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 210/403
Stand-alone node set-up Example configuration of FTP server
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
4-72 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 211/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 212/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 213/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Click the Line (L1) port of the transponder card.
• If a B-end Point connection is displayed at the bottom of the screen and matches how
the transponder is physically fibered, skip to Step 7.
• If a B-end Point is not displayed, the topological link needs to be provisioned.
Continue to the next step.
Note: Typically the topological link for the transponder will only be present if it was
part of the EPT plan.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 With the transponder Line (L1) port still highlighted, select the port where the other end
of the fiber is connected (CWR8, CWR8-88, or filter).
Note: If the other port is on a different shelf, first select the appropriate shelf on the
equipment tree on the left.
Figure 5-2 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology window
Circuit connections Provision new wavelength service
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
5-3
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 214/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 With both ports highlighted, click Connect the fiber endpoints as shown in Figure 5-3,
“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology connect button” (p. 5-4).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Close the Physical Topology window.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Repeat Step 2 through Step 7 for the second transponder at the other end point.
Enable transponder ports
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 From the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM topological view, double-click one of the nodes
at an endpoint of the service.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 The NE inventory window opens similar to that shown in Figure 5-4, “Alcatel-Lucent
1354 RM-PhM NE inventory window” (p. 5-5).
Figure 5-3 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology connect button
Circuit connections Provision new wavelength service
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-4 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 215/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Click the client port of the transponder card that carries the service.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Right-click on the unassigned client port in the equipment tree and select Assign Port
from the menu. See Figure 5-5, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM unassigned port menu”
(p. 5-6).
Figure 5-4 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE inventory window
Circuit connections Provision new wavelength service
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
5-5
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 216/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 An assign port window appears as shown in Figure 5-6, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM
assign client port” (p. 5-6).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 From the list, select the service type that to be transported and click OK .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 Right-click on the assigned client port and select Administration -> Interface Admin
Status up as shown in Figure 5-7, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM client admin status up
menu” (p. 5-7).
Figure 5-5 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM unassigned port menu
Figure 5-6 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM assign client port
Circuit connections Provision new wavelength service
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-6 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 217/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 Close the NE inventory window.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 Has the second transponder card been provisioned yet?
If yes, continue to Step 18.
If no, go back to Step 9.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 Close the physical topology window.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
19 In the topological view of the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM, identify the two NEs at the
end-points of the wavelength service on the map.
Left-click on the NE and hold the <Ctrl> key to select both NEs.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20 Select Provision -> Provision Wavelength Service from the top menu. See Figure 5-8,
“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service menu” (p. 5-8).
Figure 5-7 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM client admin status up menu
Circuit connections Provision new wavelength service
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
5-7
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 218/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
21 The Provision New Wavelength Service window opens as shown in Figure 5-9,
“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 1” (p. 5-8).
Figure 5-8 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service menu
Figure 5-9 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 1
Circuit connections Provision new wavelength service
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-8 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 219/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
22 Type a service name (any name).
Select a layer rate supported by the OTs installed in the two-terminal nodes.
The Force XC creation option should be checked if this is a wavelength service used for
initial commissioning of the system.
Provision the remaining parameters as required by the wavelength service including any
protection options.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
23 Click Next> to display the port details as shown in Figure 5-10, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354
RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 2” (p. 5-10).
Circuit connections Provision new wavelength service
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
5-9
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 220/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 221/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
25 Verify that the provisioning is correct and click Finish to display the service attributes
window as shown in Figure 5-12, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelengthservice step 4” (p. 5-12).
Figure 5-11 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 3
Circuit connections Provision new wavelength service
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
5-11
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 222/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
26 Select one of the service options and click OK .
Result: The wavelength service completion window is displayed as shown in Figure
5-13, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 5” (p. 5-12).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
27 If this is a commissioning service, return to the commissioning procedure.
If the service is being added after commissioning, continue to “Perform power adjustments” (p. 5-13).
Figure 5-12 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 4
Figure 5-13 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 5
Circuit connections Provision new wavelength service
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-12 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 223/403
Perform power adjustments
Overview
If the path through the network the new service takes crosses lines whose optical power
management type is set to Manual, the system will create expected powers and default power deviations at only two key points per line, the ingress line's ingress LD Sig Out
port and the egress line's LD Line Out port. The goal of the service turn-up procedure is
to modify the light path's power using a combination of add target power setpoint
adjustment, LD gain adjustment, and manual pad placement to try to reach the expected
powers set up by the system.
Note: Lines of FOADM nodes and lines following FOADM lines, services in
existence before the new service is added may deviate from their initial target powers.
This is normal and the deviation thresholds around the expected power have been
calculated to take into account this shift in per channel powers.
Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Wait for 2 mins for the power to ramp up after creating the service before continuing.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Click the Power (A-Z) button on the wavelength service completion window (See Figure
5-13, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision wavelength service step 5” (p. 5-12))
Circuit connections Perform power adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
5-13
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 224/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 225/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Adjust the transponder output power level by selecting and dragging the zed bar to the
middle of the transponder’s power range (light blue bar) as shown in Figure 5-15,
“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM zed bar adjustment” (p. 5-15).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 A warning appears similar to Figure 5-16, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM zed bar
adjustment” (p. 5-16). Click Yes.
Figure 5-15 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM zed bar adjustment
Circuit connections Perform power adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
5-15
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 226/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Wait for 30 secs and watch the effect on the wavelength egress power level on the NE.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Continue to adjust the transponder power level until the wavelength leaves the NE near
the middle of the zed bar at the egress point....................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Is the next ingress line in the path auto power managed?
If yes, skip to Step 18.
If no, continue to Step 10.
Figure 5-16 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM zed bar adjustment
Circuit connections Perform power adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-16 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 227/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Move the mouse over the power bar for the Sig out port at the ingress of the NE. Actual
and expected power levels will display similar to Figure 5-17, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354
RM-PhM power level reading” (p. 5-17).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Calculate the difference between the expected and actual power levels. Record this
number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Right-click on the power bar of the Sig out port and select All Channel Powers as shown
in Figure 5-18, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM channel powers menu selection”
(p. 5-18).
Figure 5-17 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power level reading
Circuit connections Perform power adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
5-17
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 228/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 The power levels for each of the channels with be displayed on a chart as shown in Figure
5-19, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM all channel powers” (p. 5-19).
Figure 5-18 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM channel powers menu selection
Circuit connections Perform power adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-18 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 229/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 230/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 Type the new power gain value in the field and click Apply.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 Wait for 30 secs and observe the average channel power levels.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 If the channel power level is not green or within the zed bar, repeat Step 10 through Step
16.
If the ingress power level is green and within the zed bar, the power adjustment is
complete. Continue to next step.
Note: Refer to “Troubleshooting failed adjustments” (p. 6-74) if there are problems
achieving the proper power level.
Figure 5-20 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM set power gain
Circuit connections Perform power adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-20 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 231/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 Is the next egress line in the path auto power managed?
If yes, skip to Step 26.
If no, continue to Step 19.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
19 These next steps require someone to be on-site to provide padding.
Note: Pad changes should not be required if the channel is directed through the NE
using the express ports. Those pads should already be set, and this procedure will only
verify the power levels.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20 Move the mouse over the power bar for the egress point of the NE. Actual and expected
power levels displayed are similar to Figure 5-21, “1354 RM-PhM power level reading”
(p. 5-22).
Circuit connections Perform power adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
5-21
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 232/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
21 Calculate the difference between the expected and actual power levels.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
22 Provide the calculated value to the person on-site and pad the path between the ingress
and egress lines by the same amount.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
23 Wait for 30 secs and observe the power level at the egress point of the NE.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
24 If the egress power level is not green or within the zed bar, repeat Step 20 through Step 23
.
Figure 5-21 1354 RM-PhM power level reading
Circuit connections Perform power adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-22 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 233/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 234/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 235/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
31 The power levels for each of the channels is displayed on a chart as shown in Figure 5-24,
“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM all channel powers” (p. 5-26).
Figure 5-23 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM channel powers menu selection
Circuit connections Perform power adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
5-25
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 236/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
32 Locate the Power Gain (dB) attribute on the right side of the window as shown inFigure
5-25, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM set power gain” (p. 5-27).
Add the value calculated in Step 29 to the current value in the field.
Figure 5-24 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM all channel powers
Circuit connections Perform power adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-26 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 237/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
33 Type the new power gain value in the field and click Apply.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
34 Wait for 30 secs and observe the average channel power levels.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
35 If the channel power level is not green or within the zed bar, repeat Step 28 through Step
34.
If the ingress power level is green and within the zed bar, the power adjustment is
complete. Continue to Step 36.
Note: Refer to “Troubleshooting failed adjustments” (p. 6-74) if there are problems
achieving the proper power level.
Figure 5-25 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM set power gain
Circuit connections Perform power adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
5-27
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 238/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
36 Synchronize the wave key expected powers to the measured powers by clicking the icon
as indicated in Figure 5-26, “1354 RM-PhM all channel powers” (p. 5-28).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
37 If prompted for confirmation, click OK .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
38 Click the “Power (Z-A)” button in the wavelength service completion window. Repeat
Step 3 through Step 37 in the Z to A direction.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
39 If a protection service exists, repeat the power adjustment steps for the protection service.
Figure 5-26 1354 RM-PhM all channel powers
Circuit connections Perform power adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-28 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 239/403
Delete wavelength service
Overview
This procedure provides the steps required to delete a wavelength service previously
provisioned using Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM. This procedure will also remove thetopological links for the transponders associated with the wavelength service.
Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Identify the wavelength serve to be deleted and the transponders at the end-points of the
service.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 In the Topology View, select one of the NEs at an end point of the service.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Select Provision -> Show Wavelength Services from the top menu.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 The Wavelength service list for that NE is displayed similar to Figure 5-27,
“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power management provisioning” (p. 5-29).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Select and highlight the wavelength service to be deleted and click the Delete button. The
Delete button is shaped like an X as in Figure 5-28, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM
delete button” (p. 5-30).
Figure 5-27 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power management provisioning
Circuit connections Delete wavelength service
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
5-29
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 240/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 A warning message appears as shown in Figure 5-29, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM
power management provisioning” (p. 5-30).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Click Yes. The service is now deleted.
Delete topological links created for the transponders
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 The following steps are only required if the topological links need to be deleted. If this
was a commissioning service, and the links were created for the service, those links
should be deleted.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Right-click one of the nodes containing a transponder card at an end point of the deleted
service and select Provision -> Physical Topology...from the menu. See Figure 5-30,
“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology menu” (p. 5-31).
Figure 5-28 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM delete button
Figure 5-29 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power management provisioning
Circuit connections Delete wavelength service
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-30 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 241/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 The Provision Topology window is displayed as shown in Figure 5-31, “Alcatel-Lucent
1354 RM-PhM provision topology window” (p. 5-32).
Figure 5-30 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology menu
Circuit connections Delete wavelength service
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
5-31
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 242/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 243/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 A warning message appears as shown in Figure 5-33, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM
physical topology disconnect warning” (p. 5-33). Click Yes.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 Close the Physical Topology window.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 Repeat Step 9 through Step 14 for the second transponder.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 If this was part of a commissioning procedure, return to the relevant procedure.
Figure 5-33 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology disconnect warning
Circuit connections Delete wavelength service
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
5-33
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 244/403
Provision transponder for connection to an unmanagednetwork element
Background
The line interface of the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 transponders can be fibered directlyto another network element, unmanaged by the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM for
transport. For this application, the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 transponder provides a
signal (without WaveTracker encoding) to the unmanaged network. The transponder itself
is installed in an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 shelf and is managed by the Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-4 node. This interworking application is sometimes called the “Dangling OT
Feature”.
A dangling OT, or a group of dangling OTs, are Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 optical
transponders which are plugged into an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 shelf and managed by
the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 node. However, the dangling OT line side optical ports
(transmit and receive) are not fiber-connected to a CWR or OMD pack in theAlcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 NE.
Overview
This procedure provides the steps required to provision an Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
transponder to transmit to an unmanaged NE. The procedure assumes that the
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 network has been installed and commissioned, and the
Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM server is up and connected to the network.
Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Install the transponder in the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 shelf that will be connected to
the unmanaged NE, if not installed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Fiber the network ports of the transponder to the unmanaged NE. Refer to the user
documentation for the unmanaged NE for connection and provisioning information.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 From the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM topological view, double-click the
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 node with the transponder installed in Step 1.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 The NE inventory window opens similar to as shown in Figure 5-34, “Alcatel-Lucent
1354 RM-PhM NE inventory window” (p. 5-35).
Circuit connections Provision transponder for connection to an unmanagednetwork element
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-34 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 245/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Right-click on the client port of the transponder connected to the 1696. Select Assign
Port from the menu Figure 5-35, “1354 RM-PhM unassigned port menu” (p. 5-36).
Figure 5-34 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE inventory window
Circuit connections Provision transponder for connection to an unmanagednetwork element
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
5-35
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 246/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 247/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 248/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Wait several seconds and click Refresh. Observe the Present network output power.
Continue to click Refresh until the powers are roughly equal.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Close the NE Inventory window.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 From the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM, right-click on the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4
shelf, with the transponder connected to the 1696 ROADM and select Provision ->
Physical Topology... from the menu. See Figure 5-39, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM
physical topology menu” (p. 5-39).
Figure 5-38 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE programmed network output power
Circuit connections Provision transponder for connection to an unmanagednetwork element
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-38 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 249/403
Result: The Provision Topology window is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 Right-click on the Line (L1) port of the transponder card connected to the unmanaged NE
and select Create Unmanaged External Connection as shown in Figure 5-40,
“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM create unmanaged external connection” (p. 5-39).
Figure 5-39 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM physical topology menu
Figure 5-40 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM create unmanaged external connection
Circuit connections Provision transponder for connection to an unmanagednetwork element
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
5-39
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 250/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 A warning appears as shown in Figure 5-41, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM unmanaged
connection warning” (p. 5-40).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 The Enter external topology window appears as shown in Figure 5-42, “Alcatel-Lucent
1354 RM-PhM enter external topology window” (p. 5-40). Enter the IP address of the
unmanaged network element followed by the shelf/slot/port of the fiber connection pointin the format shown in the window.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 Click OK and “External” is displayed next to the L1 port in the topology window.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 Close the provision topology window.
Figure 5-41 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM unmanaged connection warning
Figure 5-42 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM enter external topology window
Circuit connections Provision transponder for connection to an unmanagednetwork element
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-40 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 251/403
5-min timer during service turn-up
Overview
A network service created by OS (for example, PhM), is comprised of a number of
Photonic Cross-connects on each of the nodes between the service end-points. Thefollowing figure shows a service (red line) created from Node A to Node Z through Node
C. In regard to this service, the Node A is the “add node”, Node C is the “thru node” and
Node Z is the “drop node”.
When a service is created, the related optical channel can be provisioned to be modulated
by keys based on proprietary Wavelength Tracker technology, and we call such service is
keyed service. Similarly for service without the channel modulated, we call it un-keyed
service.
The keys are actually the identification for each channel in the optical network. During
photonic cross-connect creation, the keys are assigned by the system/network
automatically (that is, auto-keyed) or by user manually (that is, manual-keyed). With the
assistance of keys, the network can easily support wavelength routes tracking, power management, performance monitoring and fault location and so on. From a power
management perspective, the Software Controlled Optical Transmission (SCOT)
algorithm can automatically adjust the optical channel power in the network, based on
retrieved optical channel power information for keyed service, this is also called
auto-power management.
Figure 5-43 An example of network service
Circuit connections 5-min timer during service turn-up
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
5-41
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 252/403
During the service creation or deletion, some transmission defects could exist for a while.
However, it is not necessary to raise the transient condition during service turn-up. For
instance, from optical power management perspective, the channel power ramps towards
the goal, there is no need to raise Optical Channel Optical Power Out of Range (OCH
OPR), since this is an expected behavior at service turn-up. When the wavelength is being
turned up, there is no need to report any OCH layer defects for the service, since we knowthe wavelength is in a transitory state. The timer length has been chosen to be consistent
with the worst case time for power levels to completely settle, when all the lines along the
lightpath are auto-power managed.
Turn-up process for auto-power managed and auto-keyed service
When a service is created by the OS (PhM), then the photonic cross-connections are also
created along the path including add node, drop node and thru node (if present). Upon the
creation of photonic cross-connection, the Optical Channel Payload Defect Indication
(OCH PDI) condition is immediately raised on add node (at the point of Wavelength key
encoder, for example, SVAC or OT line port). Upon the creation of the photonic
cross-connection, the Optical Channel Forward Defect Indication (OCH FDI) condition is
immediately raised on the through and drop nodes at the node ingress point (ingress OA
port). While OCH PDI or OCH FDI is raised, other OCH conditions are masked (for
example, OCH OPR, OCH LOS, and so on) on the node along the path of the channel.
Note that OCH PDI and OCH FDI are not reported conditions, meaning that they are not
issued off node to an NMS or alarm monitoring system; they are used only to suppress the
reporting of other conditions by degrading their severity to not reported. For example, at
the drop node the OT line port may see LOS-P during turn-up (normally critical service
affecting), and this is degraded to not reported.
Circuit connections 5-min timer during service turn-up
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-42 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 253/403
The add node will send information indicating whether or not the channel for the photonic
cross-connection at the add node is leaving the node with appropriate power. Initially
when the add photonic cross-connection is created the node advertises that the channel is
not at appropriate power.
The Software Controlled Optical Transmission (SCOT) algorithm on add node will ramp
the optical channel power towards the target power at the node egress. When the egress
target power is reached within a defined tolerance, the node emits a Link StateAdvertisement (LSA, distribute key information) informing downstream nodes that it is
launching power and starts a 5-minute timer to clear its OCH PDI. When downstream
nodes (thru node and drop node) receive the LSA, they also begin 5-minute timers to
clear their own OCH FDI condition. When the timers expire, the PDI/FDI conditions are
lowered, and any other OCH-related conditions will be visible if present, for example the
LOS-P condition at the OT line port at drop node will be reported with original severity of
“Critical”.
Figure 5-44 An example of turn-up process for an auto-power managed andauto-keyed service
Circuit connections 5-min timer during service turn-up
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
5-43
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 254/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 255/403
In case of both OSC and GCC not ready, there is no channel to communicate LSA in the
network. For this case, the photonic cross-connects must be created as manually keyed.
When a manually keyed connection is created (whether auto-power managed or
manual-power managed), the OCH FDI and OCH PDI countdown timers begin
immediately after photonic cross-connect creation. As described above, OCH layer
conditions will be degraded to not reported until the timer expires, after which they will be reported with their normal severity.
If though wrong provisioning, some of the photonic cross-connects were created as auto
keyed when there is no OSC or GCC ready to communicate LSAs in the network, then
the nodes would raise OCH FDI or OCH PDI as normal. The add node could clear its
OCH PDI since the information of power achieved is local, and it can begin its
countdown timer. However, through or drop node cross-connects would not receive the
LSA for power achieved from the add node; therefore the cross-connects would remain in
OCH FDI and would cause the other OCH layer defects to be not reported. This case of
wrong provisioning.
Circuit connections 5-min timer during service turn-up
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
5-45
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 256/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 257/403
Reference: Refer Create EVPL fullrate in User Provisioning Guide for the detailed
procedure for EVPL in fullrate mode and Create EVPL Subrate and Q-in-Q in User
Provisioning Guide for Subrate and Q-in-Q modes.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Complete the physical connection as shown in the following Figure, whereL1->VA1-->9310, OMD<-->Sig line<--> external, Loopback - DCM.
Reference: Refer to Provision Physical topology in User Provisioning Guide for the
detailed procedure.
Procedure for ILA configuration
This section describes the procedure for ILA configuration.
Circuit connections Configure keyed service on PSS4 Regen link
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
5-47
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 258/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 In the WebUI, select the OA card AHPHG from the equipment tree.
Result: The Card Properties screen is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Provision the AHPHG card ports. Refer to the Port Provisioning procedures section in Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16 (PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release
6.0 User Provisioning Guide for the detailed procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Complete the physical connection as shown in the following figure, where 1/7/Sig
<-->1/8/Sig, 1/7/Line<--> external, Loopback DCM. Refer to Provision Physical
topology in User Provisioning Guide for the detailed procedure.
Circuit connections Configure keyed service on PSS4 Regen link
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-48 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 259/403
Procedure for Cross-connection
This section describes the procedure for Cross-connection.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Create OCH Cross-connections on both the terminals. Refer to Provision
Cross-connections in User Provisioning Guide for detailed procedure.
Circuit connections Configure keyed service on PSS4 Regen link
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
5-49
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 260/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 The cross-connection in an ILA configuration is as shown in the following figure.
Provision VTSThis section describes the procedure to create Virtual time-slot map on L1 or client port
(C1-C21).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 In the WebUI, from the equipment tree, select the 11DPE12 card and the L1 port.
Circuit connections Configure keyed service on PSS4 Regen link
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-50 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 261/403
Note: For creating VTS on client port, select the Client port (C1-C21).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Click on the VTS port.
Result: The Create Virtual Time Slot Map screen is displayed.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Select the timeslot from the VTS: list
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Select the direction from the Direction: list.
The options available are Egress, Ingress and Ingress and Egress.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Select the relevant classification mode.
The options available are CE-VLAN Tagged, SE-VLAN Tagged and Untagged....................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Enter a CE-VLAN ID.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Click Submit to update the changes.
Procedure for Add-drop Service
This section describes the procedure to add/drop service.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Add CVLAN ID=101/102 from tester on go/return direction.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Adjust the optical power at every end.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Complete the fiber connection.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Drop the CVLAN ID=101/102 to the tester.
Circuit connections Configure keyed service on PSS4 Regen link
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
5-51
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 262/403
Circuit connections Configure keyed service on PSS4 Regen link
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
5-52 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 263/403
6 6System Turn-up and
commissioning
Overview
Purpose
This chapter provides the detailed procedures required to commission the Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-4 network using the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM Photonic Manager (1354RM-PhM) along with the Commissioning and Power Balancing (CPB) tool.
Contents
Network commissioning background 6-2
Preconditioning procedure 6-5
Establish connection to the network 6-7
Provision the system 6-14
Commission a FOADM system 6-23Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines 6-42
Prepare unkeyed FOADM system for additional services 6-53
Set opposite port of Unidirectional Amplifier 6-58
Disconnect PC from the Network 6-59
Understanding the loss report 6-60
Generate and review system loss report 6-67
Troubleshooting failed adjustments 6-74
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-1
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 264/403
Network commissioning background
Network planning overview
The first stage before deploying the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 is network planning using
the Engineering Planning Tool (EPT). Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic ServiceSwitch 36/32/16 (PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 6.0 Engineering and Planning Tool
User Guide for the procedures used to plan the network. During the planning stage the
equipment required to meet the demands of the network is defined. The network can be
planned to support demands in the future that are not required in the first phase of
deployment. A network is comprised of one or more systems planned in the EPT.
Generally the nodes and fiber spans between nodes will comprise a linear or ring
topology for each system. In a static OADM system, an obvious ring or linear topology
may not be apparent; in this case the topology is referred to as a mesh topology.
When the network is planned and validated the EPT will produce separate commissioning
files for each of the systems that comprise the network (see the following). These files areused by the Commissioning and Power Balancing (CPB) tool when commissioning the
systems. For more details on the commissioning file format and contents, refer to the
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16 (PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release
6.0 Engineering and Planning Tool User Guide.
Decomposing networks into constituent systems
The EPT segments networks into systems. The CPB tool is designed to operate on one
system at a time. Terminal points in the network and colorless add/drop ports of CWR8 or
CWR8-88 cards demarcate one system from another. Figure 6-1, “Decomposition of
mesh network into constituent systems” (p. 6-3) illustrates a mesh network. System (1) isa TOADM ring system, system (2) is a TOADM linear system, system (3) is a TOADM
linear system and systems (4), (5) and (6) are linear FOADM systems. Notice that
systems (4), (5) and (6) are separate FOADM systems due to the fact there is no express
path between them, and they are joined at a multi-degree FOADM NE using loop
connections (channel routing). Also notice that some lines can be auto power managed
and other lines must be manually power managed. All lines connected intranode to create
a FOADM node with line count higher than two must be manually power managed. The
topology and the power management settings of the lines that make up the topology of a
system determine the level of support provided by the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM and
CPB for maintaining optical power levels, upgrading equipment and commissioning eachsystem. The EPT will produce a commissioning file in .xml format that can be used by
the CPB tool to commission the systems. The content of the file will depend on the type
of equipment found on each line of a system.
System Turn-up and commissioning Network commissioning background
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-2 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 265/403
Use of the CPB tool
The CPB tool can be used in conjunction with Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM or can also
be installed and used as a stand-alone tool. The Provisioning, Commissioning, and Power
Balancing menus and respective functionality of the CPB tool integrated in
Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM and the stand-alone CPB are the same. However, the
stand-alone CPB tool requires the user to have access to another Network Management
System (for example, OMS, INC, and so on) or utilize the NE built in user interfaces
Figure 6-1 Decomposition of mesh network into constituent systems
System Turn-up and commissioning Network commissioning background
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-3
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 266/403
(CLI or WebUI) to make the relevant adjustments required in support of Provisioning,
Commissioning, and Power Balancing the Network Element that would have otherwise
been performed by utilizing the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM.
Keyed versus unkeyed OCh
There are two distinct types of optical cross-connections, or OCh, that are supported by
the system.
These are:
• Keyed OCh: The optical channel is Wavelength Tracker (WT) encoded with Wave
Keys, and can be decoded at WT decode points throughout the network. WT decoders
can raise WT-related alarms for keyed OCh, and will show per channel power levels.
Keyed OCh can be supported on TOADM or FOADM network elements. Keyed OCh
can be transported on lines whose power management settings are Auto or Manual.
• Unkeyed OCh: The optical channel is not Wavelength Tracker encoded with Wave
Keys. At WT decoder locations no per channel power levels are reported for unkeyedOCh, and WT-related alarms are not raised. Unkeyed OCh are only supported on
FOADM network elements. Unkeyed OCh can only be transported on lines whose
power management settings are Manual.
Keyed and unkeyed OCh are not permitted to be mixed on the same network element.
Network designs must be keyed or unkeyed.
Note: Due to the restriction that unkeyed OCh cannot be transported on Auto SCOT
lines, all NE optical lines in the network must be set to SCOT type Manual.
System Turn-up and commissioning Network commissioning background
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-4 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 267/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 268/403
fiber additional OTs to provide commissioning services to pass through the missed
Raman amplifiers. The channel should be as close to the middle of the channel plan as
possible (near 194.00 THz).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 For each FOADM system to be commissioned, field personnel must be physically presentwith attenuation pads at add/drop nodes. If the system is supporting unkeyed OCh, the
field personnel should also have a power meter and a wavelength meter or OSA.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Obtain the loopback IP addresses of all the NE’s in the network.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Obtain all the xml commissioning files produced by EPT for each system to be
commissioned and copy them onto the PC that will be used for commissioning.
Important! Ensure that the latest commissioning files are used with the most accurate
fiber data.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Ensure that both the client and server Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM software (or relevant
software if another management system is to be used with stand-alone CPB) as well as
the Commissioning and Power Balancing (CPB) tool has been installed on the PC. Refer
to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 1354 RM-PhM Photonic Manager Release 9.1 EMS Reference
Guide for detailed procedures on installing and configuring the software.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Continue to “Establish connection to the network” (p. 6-7) to start PhM and discover all
the nodes.
System Turn-up and commissioning Preconditioning procedure
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-6 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 269/403
Establish connection to the network
Purpose
This procedure will establish connection to the network and discover all the network
elements. Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 1354 RM-PhM Photonic Manager Release 9.1 EMS Reference Guide for additional information on configuring the server and client as
well as discovering network elements.
Note: If another management system will be used, refer to the documentation for that
system for discovering the NEs. The procedures in this chapter reference
Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM, but the procedures can be performed with another
management system along with stand-alone CPB.
Prepare the PC and NE for autodiscovery of all the NEs
As noted earlier, these procedures are performed with a PC connected to one of the
network elements in the network.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Connect one end of an Ethernet cable to the CIT port on the active EC card on the NE that
will act as the local connection point and the other end to the Ethernet port on your PC.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Open a PC command shell and type ipconfig and <Enter>. The NE CIT address is the
“Default Gateway”. Record this CIT address because it will be changed, and this address
will be needed later.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Telnet to the CIT address and login to CLI. Refer to “Connect to the NE for CLI access”
(p. 4-16) for more information.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Type show interface ec 1/1/cit and <Enter>.
Sample output is as shown in the following:
IP Address : 172.16.0.1/24MAC
Address : 00:60:1D:7C:56:D0
Admin State : Up L1/L2 Oper State :Up
Redistribute : Disabled Proxy Arp :Disabled
DHCP : Enabled DHCP_range :1
Conf. Speed : Auto Conf. Duplex Mode :Auto
System Turn-up and commissioning Establish connection to the network
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-7
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 270/403
Actual Speed : 100.000000 Mbps Actual Duplex Mode : FullDuplex
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Type: config interface ec 1/1/cit ip 172.16.2.1/24 and <Enter>. The
purpose of this step is to change the CIT IP address to a unique subnet within the entire
DCN.
Sample output is as shown in the following:
WARNING: Changing the local ethernet port IP address may result
in a loss of IP connectivity to this network element
from the local ethernet port only. DCN connectivity will
not be affected.
Enter Yes to confirm and no to cancel.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Type: Yes and <Enter>.Result: Communication to the NE will be lost. Close the telnet session.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Return to the Windows command window and type ipconfig /release and <Enter>.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Type: ipconfig /renew and <Enter>
Result: This forces the PC to obtain a new IP address from the NE through DHCP.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Telnet to the new CIT address and once again log in to the NE through the CLI.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 From the CLI, type: config int ec 1/1/cit red enable and <Enter>.
Result: This turns on route distribution for the CIT port.
Start PhM and discover NEs
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Start the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM application on your PC.
System Turn-up and commissioning Establish connection to the network
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-8 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 271/403
Result: The 1354 RM-PhM EMS Login window appears as shown in the following
figure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Click Change Server/Port.
Result: The Enter new server/port window appears as shown in the following
figure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Enter the IP address of your PC in the Server: field and do not change the Port: field.
Then click OK .
Result: This takes you back to the login screen.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Enter your User name and Password. Then click OK .
Note: If this is your first time logging in, the User name is admin and Password is
tropxnms. You will then be required to change the password.
Figure 6-2 1354 RM-PhM login screen
Figure 6-3 1354 RM-PhM new server/port window
System Turn-up and commissioning Establish connection to the network
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-9
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 272/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 If this is the first login, you are required to change the password. Enter the new password
twice and click OK . Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 1354 RM-PhM Photonic Manager
Release 9.1 EMS Reference Guide for information on the password requirements.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 The Management Control Panel: Topology View window appears as shown in Figure
6-5, “1354 RM-PhM topology view screen” (p. 6-10).
Figure 6-4 1354 RM-PhM new server/port window
Figure 6-5 1354 RM-PhM topology view screen
System Turn-up and commissioning Establish connection to the network
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-10 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 273/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 From the top menu, select Maintenance > Auto Discovery.
Result: The Auto-Discovery Settings window opens as shown in the following
figure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Select Auto Discovery by IP and click OK .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Select File -> New NE.
Figure 6-6 1354 RM-PhM auto discovery settings
System Turn-up and commissioning Establish connection to the network
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-11
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 274/403
Result: The Create Network Element window appear as shown in the following
figure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Enter the CIT IP address of the NE directly connected to the PC in the NE IP address
field. Then click Create.Note: This is the address provisioned in “Prepare the PC and NE for autodiscovery of
all the NEs” (p. 6-7).
Result: The messages at the bottom of the window will indicate if the NE was
successfully created.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 The NE appears in the group view as a white box until it is discovered. When it is
discovered, the NE name will be displayed, and the color changes to represent the highest
level alarm on the NE. See the following figure.
Figure 6-7 1354 RM-PhM create network element
System Turn-up and commissioning Establish connection to the network
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-12 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 275/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Additional network elements starts appearing in the map view.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 After the auto discovery is complete, check the NEs that were discovered against the list
of NEs in the network.
If there are any NEs missing, repeat Step 9 through Step 11 for any network elements that
were not auto discovered. However, this time the NE loopback address should be used
rather than the CIT IP address.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 Continue to “Provision the system” (p. 6-14) to begin provisioning all of the network
elements.
Figure 6-8 1354 RM-PhM newly discovered NE’s
System Turn-up and commissioning Establish connection to the network
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-13
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 276/403
Provision the system
Purpose
This procedure will provision the cards and topological links for all the NEs in each
system of the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-4 network using the EPT commissioning file(s) asinput to the CPB tool provisioning wizard. The CPB tool is accessed from Alcatel-Lucent
1354 RM-PhM.
Important! This procedure is to be repeated for each EPT commissioning file
generated for the network.
Procedure
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Verify all the network elements in the system have been correctly discovered by the
Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM. Refer to “Establish connection to the network”
(p. 6-7) and the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 1354 RM-PhM Photonic Manager Release 9.1 EMS
Reference Guide.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 From the top menu select Provision -> Launch CPB...
System Turn-up and commissioning Provision the system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-14 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 277/403
Result: An Internet Explorer window opens with the CPB tool login screen as shown
in the following figure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Type the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM user name and password and click Login.
Figure 6-9 CPB login window
System Turn-up and commissioning Provision the system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-15
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 278/403
Result: The CPB main window opens as shown in the following figure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Select Commissioning -> Provision System (using plan)... from the top menu.
Figure 6-10 CPB main window
System Turn-up and commissioning Provision the system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-16 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 279/403
Result: The Provision System Wizard: Overview window is displayed as shown in
the following figure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Click Next>.
Figure 6-11 CPB provision system wizard overview
System Turn-up and commissioning Provision the system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-17
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 280/403
Result: The Provisioning options and wizard options window is displayed as shown
in the following figure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Select all the check boxes and click Next>.
Figure 6-12 1354 RM-PhM provision system wizard options
System Turn-up and commissioning Provision the system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-18 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 281/403
Result: The Select Planning Tool Output File window is displayed as shown in the
following figure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Click Browse and browse to the folder containing the EPT commissioning file for the
system to be commissioned, select the file, and click Open. Then click Next>.
Figure 6-13 1354 RM-PhM provision system wizard select planning tool output file
System Turn-up and commissioning Provision the system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-19
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 282/403
Result: The provision system node list window is displayed as shown in the following
figure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 All the nodes can be selected for provisioning by clicking >>. A node may be excluded
from provisioning by selecting it in the right half of the window and clicking the <. Click
Next>.
Figure 6-14 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM provision system node list
System Turn-up and commissioning Provision the system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-20 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 283/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 284/403
Result: This takes you back to the CPB tool main window.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Are there additional systems (that is, commissioning files) that have not been
provisioned?
If yes, go to Step 1. If no, continue to next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 The systems are now ready for commissioning.
System Turn-up and commissioning Provision the system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-22 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 285/403
Commission a FOADM system
Background
A FOADM system may be a ring, linear, or mesh system. The lines on FOADM nodes
with degree 2 or greater are manually power managed. Because of this, OTs must beinstalled and wavelength services provisioned to complete commissioning on a FOADM
system.
The following requirements must be met regarding the wavelength/commissioning
services:
1. A commissioning service must cross an express path that will be used in the system at
least once during commissioning to allow the calculation and placement of
attenuating pads (if necessary) in FOADM nodes.
2. A commissioning service must cross every ingress LD in the system at least once
during commissioning to allow the user to adjust the gain of the LD.
3. A commissioning service must cross every line in the system that is Automaticallyoptical power managed at least once during commissioning to allow the user to trigger
the ingress and egress adjustment functions.
The optimal commissioning routes to provision may have been predetermined during
network planning. If there are no predetermined routes, the user should determine which
paths have not been commissioned and create services over one those paths following the
guidelines above. (Generally it is advantageous to determine the longest routes possible to
minimize the number of transponder deployments or redeployments necessary during the
commissioning phase). When choosing a channel to use for the commissioning service it
is always best to choose one near the middle of the C-band. For example, if bands A and F
of the SFD5 channel plan are dropped along the path, bands B through E are free; choose
the channel at frequency 193.8 THz or 194.1 THz because these channels are nearest the
center of the frequency band.
Figure 6-16, “Commissioning service for a FOADM system” (p. 6-24) shows a FOADM
linear network with a commissioning service that adds and drops at each of the terminal
NEs of the linear system. This service must not use a channel from bands A, B, C, or G of
the five-channel filter channel plan. In this case a channel at frequency 193.8 THz or
194.1 THz could be used. This commissioning service satisfies the three goals listed
above. Note that cases will exist where a single service cannot be used due to the planned
channel add/drop at each network element. In that case two services will be required that
overlap at least one of the FOADM node express paths.
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a FOADM system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-23
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 286/403
Procedure
The following is the procedure to Commission a FOADM system:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Commissioning a FOADM system requires the availability of field personnel physically
present at optical add/drop nodes to provide attenuating pad changes if required. Ensure
that field personnel are present as stated in the “Preconditioning procedure” (p. 6-5).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Ensure that the provision system with plan wizard has been run and that the nodes that
make up the system to be commissioned have been provisioned, as stated in “Provision
the system” (p. 6-14).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Ensure that the transponder cards are installed as described in the “Preconditioning
procedure” (p. 6-5).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Identify the wavelength service to be created.
Figure 6-16 Commissioning service for a FOADM system
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a FOADM system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-24 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 287/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Identify the two transponders at the end points of the service to be created. Determine the
service type that will be provisioned between the transponders.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Follow the procedure, “Provision new wavelength service” (p. 5-2), to provision thecommissioning service.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Wait for 2 mins after the service creation for the power to ramp up before continuing.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 If the wavelength service provisioning completion window is still open as shown in
Figure 6-17, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM wavelength service provisioning
completion” (p. 6-25), skip to Step 11 . Otherwise continue to the next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Select one of the nodes at an end point of the commissioning service and select View ->
Show Wavelength Services from the menu on top.
Figure 6-17 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM wavelength service provisioningcompletion
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a FOADM system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-25
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 288/403
Result: The Wavelength Services window will open similar to the one shown in
Figure 6-18, “1354 RM-PhM wavelength services” (p. 6-26).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Select and highlight the commissioning service in the list. The Power (A-Z) button
appears at the top of the window as shown in the following figure. Use this button for the
next step.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Click Power (A-Z).
Figure 6-18 1354 RM-PhM wavelength services
Figure 6-19 1354 RM-PhM power A-Z button
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a FOADM system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-26 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 289/403
Result: The Power Management: service window opens as shown in Figure 6-20,
“1354 RM-PhM power adjust” (p. 6-27).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 The Power Management window displays the power levels along the A to Z path of the
provisioned service. Power adjustments must be made at all the egress and ingress lines.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 Check the Auto Refresh check box so that the effect of the power adjustments can be
viewed immediately.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 Is the first NE in the signal path (A-end) automatically managed?
If yes, continue to Step 15
Figure 6-20 1354 RM-PhM power adjust
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a FOADM system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-27
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 290/403
If no, skip to Step 18.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 Under Power Control (Egress), select aid of the egress point of the A-end of the signal
path from the list and click the Execute.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 After a successful power adjustment, a message indicating that the power management
commissioned flag has been set to true for the line that was adjusted. Click OK .
Verify the Result field shows Success. The egress power levels at the A-end must be
green and within the zed bar.
Note: It is possible that on a new system the adjustment could fail the first time. If this
happens, attempt the adjustment again after waiting 30 secs. If the adjustment fails
again follow the troubleshooting steps provided in “Troubleshooting failed
adjustments” (p. 6-74). This is also true for the remaining power adjustments.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 Power adjustment for the first egress line is complete. Go to Step 23 .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 Adjust the transponder output power level by selecting and dragging the zed bar to the
middle of the transponder’s power range (light blue bar) as shown in Figure 6-22, “1354
RM-PhM zed bar adjustment” (p. 6-29)
Figure 6-21 1354 RM-PhM set commissioning flag message
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a FOADM system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-28 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 291/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
19 A warning appears similar to Figure 6-23, “1354 RM-PhM zed bar adjustment” (p. 6-30).
Click Yes.
Figure 6-22 1354 RM-PhM zed bar adjustment
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a FOADM system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-29
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 292/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20 Wait for 30 secs and watch the effect on the wavelength egress power level on the NE.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
21 Continue to adjust the transponder power level until the wavelength leaves the NE near
the middle of the zed bar at the egress point....................................................................................................................................................................................................
22 Power adjustment for the first egress line is complete.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
23 Is the ingress line of the next NE in the signal path automatically managed?
Figure 6-23 1354 RM-PhM zed bar adjustment
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a FOADM system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-30 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 293/403
If yes, continue to Step 24
If no, skip to Step 27
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
24 Under Power Control (Ingress), select aid of the ingress point of the NE from the list and
click Execute.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
25 After a successful power adjustment, a message indicating that the power management
commissioned flag has been set to true for the line that was adjusted. Click OK . Verify the
Result field shows Success. The ingress power levels at the NE should be green and
within the zed bar.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
26 Power adjustment on the ingress line of the NE is complete. Go to Step 35.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
27 Move the mouse over the power bar for the ingress point power levels will display similar
to Figure 6-24, “1354 RM-PhM power level reading” (p. 6-32).
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a FOADM system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-31
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 294/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
28 Calculate the difference between the expected and actual power levels. Record this
number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
29 Right-click on the power bar at the ingress point and select Edit Amp from the power
adjust menu as shown in Figure 6-25, “1354 RM-PhM power adjust menu” (p. 6-33).
Figure 6-24 1354 RM-PhM power level reading
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a FOADM system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-32 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 295/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
30 The Facility/Connection window appears as shown in Figure 6-26, “1354 RM-PhM
facility/connection window” (p. 6-34).
Figure 6-25 1354 RM-PhM power adjust menu
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a FOADM system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-33
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 296/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
31 Select Power Gain (dB) and add the value calculated in Step 28 to the current value in the
field.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
32 Type the new power gain value in the field and click Apply.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
33 Wait for 30 secs and go back to the Power Management window. Observe the power level at the ingress point of the NE.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
34 If the ingress power level is not green or within the zed bar, repeat Step 27 through Step
32.
Figure 6-26 1354 RM-PhM facility/connection window
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a FOADM system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-34 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 297/403
If the ingress power level is green and within the zed bar, the power adjustment is
complete. Continue to Step 35.
Note: Refer to “Troubleshooting failed adjustments” (p. 6-74), if there are problems
achieving the proper power level.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
35 Move to the egress line of the same NE; is that automatically managed?
If yes, continue to Step 36
If no, skip to Step 39
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
36 Under Power Control (Egress), select aid of the egress point of the NE from the list and
click Execute.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
37 After a successful power adjustment, a message indicating that the power managementcommissioned flag has been set to true for the line that was adjusted. Click OK . Verify
that the Result field shows Success. The egress power level must be Green and within the
zed bar.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
38 Power adjustment for the first egress line is complete. Go to Step 45.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
39 These next steps require someone to be on-site to provide padding.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
40 Move the mouse over the power bar for the egress point of the NE. Actual and expected
power levels will display similar to Figure 6-24, “1354 RM-PhM power level reading”
(p. 6-32).
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a FOADM system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-35
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 298/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
41 Calculate the difference between the expected and actual power levels.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
42 Provide the calculated value to the person on-site and pad the path between the ingress
and egress lines by the same amount.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
43 Wait for 30 secs and observe the power level at the egress point of the NE.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
44 If the egress power level is not green or within the zed bar, repeat Step 40 through Step 43
.
Figure 6-27 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power level reading
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a FOADM system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-36 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 299/403
If the ingress power level is green and within the zed bar, the power adjustment is
complete. Continue to Step 45.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
45 Is the next NE in the signal path the Z end containing the transponder?
If yes, continue to Step 46.
If no, go back to Step 23.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
46 Is the ingress line of the Z end NE in the signal path automatically managed?
If yes, continue to Step 47.
If no, skip to Step 50.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
47 Under Power Control (Ingress), select aid of the ingress point of the Z end NE from the
list and click Execute.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
48 After a successful power adjustment, a message indicating that the power management
commissioned flag has been set to true for the line that was adjusted. Click OK . Verify
that the Result field shows Success. The ingress power levels at the NE should be green
and within the zed bar.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
49 Power adjustment on the ingress line of the NE is complete. Go to Step 58.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
50 Move the mouse over the power bar for the ingress point of the NE. Actual and expected
power levels will display similar to Figure 6-24, “1354 RM-PhM power level reading”
(p. 6-32).
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a FOADM system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-37
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 300/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
51 Calculate the difference between the expected and actual power levels. Record this
number.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
52 Right-click on the power bar at the ingress point and select Edit Amp from the power
adjust menu as shown in Figure 6-25, “1354 RM-PhM power adjust menu” (p. 6-33).
Figure 6-28 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power level reading
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a FOADM system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-38 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 301/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
53 The Facility/Connection window appears as shown in Figure 6-26, “1354 RM-PhM
facility/connection window” (p. 6-34).
Figure 6-29 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power adjust menu
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a FOADM system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-39
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 302/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
54 Select the Power Gain (dB) field and add the value calculated in Step 51 to the current
value in the field.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
55 Type the new power gain value in the field and click Apply.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
56 Wait for 30 secs and go back to the Power Management window. Observe the power level at the ingress point of the NE.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
57 If the ingress power level is not green or within the zed bar, repeat Step 50 through Step
56.
Figure 6-30 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM facility/connection window
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a FOADM system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-40 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 303/403
If the ingress power level is green and within the zed bar, the power adjustment is
complete. Continue to Step 58.
Note: Refer to “Troubleshooting failed adjustments” (p. 6-74), if there are problems
achieving the proper power level.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
58 Close the Power management window and go back to the wavelength service
completion window.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
59 Click Power (Z-A) button in the wavelength service completion window. Repeat Step
12 through Step 58 in the Z to A direction.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
60 Close the wavelength service window. Power adjustments have been completed for the
lines covered by that wavelength service.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
61 Go to “Delete wavelength service” (p. 5-29) to delete the commissioning service.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
62 Are there any additional wavelength services that are needed to complete commissioning
on the system?
If yes, go back to Step 4.
If no, continue to Step 63.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
63 Commissioning on the FOADM system is now complete.
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a FOADM system
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-41
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 304/403
Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines
Background
Refer to “Keyed versus unkeyed OCh” (p. 6-4) for more information about unkeyed
networks. Note that the EPT design will explicitly state that the network design isunkeyed.
An unkeyed system must be commissioned using wavelength (or commissioning)
services using the following guidelines.
1. A commissioning service must cross an express path that will be used in the system at
least once during commissioning to allow the calculation and placement of
attenuating pads (if necessary) in FOADM nodes.
2. A commissioning service must cross every ingress LD in the system at least once
during commissioning to allow the user to adjust the gain of the LD.
3. A commissioning service must be added at every FOADM-1 (terminal) egress line in
the system at least once during commissioning to verify that the equipment is installedcorrectly.
The optimal commissioning routes to provision may have been pre-determined during
network planning. If there are no pre-determined routes then the user must determine
which paths have not been commissioned yet and create a service over one of those paths.
Generally it is advantageous to determine the longest routes possible to minimize the
number of transponder deployments or redeployments necessary during the
commissioning phase. When choosing a channel to use for the commissioning service it is
best to choose one near the middle of the C-band. For example, if bands A and F of the
SFD5 channel plan are dropped along the path, bands B through E are free; choose the
channel at frequency 193.8 THz or 194.1 THz because these channels are nearest to the
center of the frequency band.
Figure 6-16, “Commissioning service for a FOADM system” (p. 6-24) shows a FOADM
linear network with a commissioning service that adds and drops at each of the terminal
NEs of the linear system. This service must not use a channel from bands A, B, C, or G of
the five-channel filter channel plan. In this case a channel at frequency 193.8 THz or
194.1 THz could be used. This commissioning service satisfies the three goals listed
above. Note that cases will exist where a single service cannot be used due to the planned
channel add/drop at each network element. In this case two services will be required that
overlap at least one of the FOADM node express paths.
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-42 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 305/403
Procedure
The following is the procedure to Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines:
Important! When following this procedure, note that the ALPFGT has a small gain
setting range in which the gain profile across the C-band is flat. Therefore, Alcatel-Lucent
strongly recommends operating the ALPFGT LD within the Gmin to Gmax parameters from
the EPT. If the gain setting required to eliminate the power error calculated in the
procedure would be outside the gain range it is better to accept the power error and set the
gain setting to the nearest boundary of the gain range (Gmin or Gmax).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Commissioning a FOADM system requires the availability of field personnel physically
present at optical add/drop nodes to provide attenuating pad changes if required. Ensurethat they are present as stated in the “Preconditioning procedure” (p. 6-5).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Ensure that the provision system with plan wizard available in CPB has been run and that
the nodes that make up the system to be commissioned have been provisioned, as stated
in “Provision the system” (p. 6-14).
Figure 6-31 Commissioning service for a FOADM system
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-43
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 306/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Ensure that the transponder cards are installed as described and stated in the
“Preconditioning procedure” (p. 6-5).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Identify the wavelength service to be created. Refer to the detailed description in“Background” (p. 6-42).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Identify the two transponders at the end points of the service to be created (refer to
“Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines” (p. 6-42) for commissioning service
guidelines). Determine the service type that will be provisioned between the transponders.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Follow the procedure, “Provision new wavelength service” (p. 5-2), to provision the
commissioning service.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Wait for 2 mins after the service creation for the power to ramp up before continuing.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Determine the first node in the light path and double-click the node in the Topology View
to open the NE Inventory window.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Click the Line port of the egress amplifier for the commissioning service and note the
value of “Per channel target output power (dBm)”. See example in Figure 6-32,
“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM per channel target output power” (p. 6-45).
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-44 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 307/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Click the Line port of the transponder used in the commissioning service. Then change
the Programmed Network Output Power to the value noted in Step 9. See Figure 6-33,
“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM adjust output power” (p. 6-46)
Figure 6-32 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM per channel target output power
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-45
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 308/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 If a wavelength meter or OSA is available on-site, continue to Step 12.
If a wavelength meter or OSA is not available on-site, jump to Step 17 .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Connect a power meter to the Tx Mon port of the egress amplifier for the commissioning
service.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 Click the Line port of the egress amplifier. Determine the delta between the Total
Network Power Egress and the power measured by the power meter.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 Remove the power meter and connect the wavelength meter or OSA to the monitor port.
Observe the channel power on the wavelength meter or OSA for the commissioning
service. Add the delta previously calculated.
Figure 6-33 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM adjust output power
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-46 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 309/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 Make adjustments to the transponder Programmed Network Output Power, see Step 10
until the observed channel power plus the delta equals the Per channel target output
power as noted in Step 9. Wait for 30 secs between adjustments.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 Jump to Step 23.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 Click the Line port of the egress amplifier. Select Wavelength Tracker -> View Services
from the NE Inventory top menu.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 The wavelength services list will appear similar to Figure 6-34, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354
RM-PhM wavelength services list” (p. 6-47). Count the number services present on the
Line port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
19 Calculate the total output power using the total channel count noted in Step 18 and the
Per channel target output power as noted in Step 9 .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20 Click Close.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
21 Adjust the transponder Programmed Network Output Power Step 10 until the Total
Network Power Egress of the amplifier is equal to the calculated value in Step 19. Wait
for 30 secs between adjustments.
Figure 6-34 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM wavelength services list
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-47
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 310/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
22 Note the final Total Network Power Egress (Ptarget upstream) and Per channel target
output power (Ptarget upstream).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
23 Determine the next node in the light path and double-click it to open the NE inventorywindow.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
24 If there is an ingress amplifier at the next node, continue to Step 25 .
If there is no ingress amplifier, jump to Step 29 .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
25 Select the Sig port of the ingress amplifier (Line Out on an ALPFGT). Note the Per
channel target output power (Ptargetdownstream) and the “Signal Power Egress”
(Poutdownstream
).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
26 Calculate the amount to adjust the ingress amplifier gain setting using the following
formula.
Delta = (Ptargetdownstream-Ptargetupstream)- and (Poutdownstream-Poutupstream).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
27 Change the Power Gain attribute by the delta value calculated in Step 26. See example in
Figure 6-35, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power gain adjustment” (p. 6-48).
Figure 6-35 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM power gain adjustment
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-48 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 311/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
28 Obtain new values for Poutdownstream and Poutupstream and recalculate the delta value using
the formula in Step 26. If the absolute delta value is greater than 0.5 dB wait five secs,
and then change the power gain value again. Continue the iterations until the delta is less
than 0.5 dB waiting five secs between changes.
Note: If the gain setting is outside the limits of Maximum Gain and Minimum Gain
there is likely to be an upstream loss problem that must be identified and corrected.
Possible reasons for the problem could be one of the following.
• The Poutupstream reading changed due to a disruption at the upstream NE.
• Failure to place an input fixed attenuating pad after a short span. Check the EPT
design.
• The upstream span loss is too high or too low.
• The patch panel connection loss between the fiber span and Line In port of the
receiving network element is too high.
• For topologies where the receive direction amplification is provided by anALPFGT pack, the loss between the receiving network element Line In port and
the ALPFGT Sig In port may be too high.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
29 Determine the egress line of the light path and select the Line port of the egress amplifier.
Note the Total Network Power Egress and the Per channel target output power.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
30 If a wavelength meter or OSA is available on-site, continue to Step 31.
If a wavelength meter or OSA is not available on-site, jump to Step 37....................................................................................................................................................................................................
31 Connect a power meter to the Tx Mon port of the egress amplifier for the commissioning
service.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
32 Determine the delta between the Total Network Power Egress and the power measured
by the power meter.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
33 Remove the power meter and connect the wavelength meter or OSA to the monitor port.Observe the channel power on the wavelength meter or OSA for the commissioning
service. Add the delta calculated Step 32 .
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-49
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 312/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
34 Instruct the field personnel to change the attenuating pad on the path between the ingress
line and this egress line equivalent to the difference between the channel power
determined in Step 33 and the Per channel target output power.
Note: If the channel expresses through the EXP port, change the attenuation between
the EXP ports of the interconnected SFD packs. If the channel is connected through
the loop connection between channel ports, change the attenuation between the
channel ports.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
35 Make attenuation changes until the measured channel power is within 1 dB of the Per
channel target output power.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
36 If the target power is achieved, jump to Step 46.
If the target power cannot be achieved jump to Step 44.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
37 Click the Line port of the egress amplifier. Select Wavelength Tracker -> View Services
from the NE Inventory top menu.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
38 The wavelength services list will appear similar to Figure 6-34, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354
RM-PhM wavelength services list” (p. 6-47). Count the number of services present on the
Line port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
39 Calculate the expected total output power using the total channel count noted in Step 38
and the Per channel target output power.
Figure 6-36 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM wavelength services list
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-50 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 313/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
40 Click Close.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
41 Instruct the field personnel to change the attenuating pad on the path between the ingress
line and this egress line equivalent to the difference between the expected total power calculated in Step 39 and the Total Network Power Egress.
Note: If the channel expresses through the EXP port, change the attenuation between
the EXP ports of the interconnected SFD packs. If the channel is connected through
the loop connection between channel ports, change the attenuation between the
channel ports.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
42 Make attenuation changes until the Total Network Power Egress is within 1 dB of the
expected total power.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
43 If the target power is achieved, jump to Step 46.
If the target power cannot be achieved continue to Step 44.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
44 If changing fixed attenuators in the ingress to egress line path cannot achieve the Line
Out target power, consider increasing the egress amplifier gain setting if one is present.
Note: The following step must only be taken if all other possibilities are exhausted.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
45 Select the Sig port of the ingress amplifier (Line Out on an ALPFGT). Change the Power
Gain attribute by the required amount.
Note: If the gain setting is outside the limits of Maximum Gain and Minimum Gain
there is likely a loss problem within the node that must be identified and corrected.
(Verify the Poutupstream reading has not changed as well).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
46 Repeat Step 22 through Step 43 for each node before terminating node of the
commissioning service.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
47 Repeat Step 22 through Step 28 for the terminating node.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
48 Repeat Step 8 through Step 43 for the opposite direction of the light path.
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-51
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 314/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
49 Go to “Delete wavelength service” (p. 5-29) to delete the commissioning service.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
50 Are there additional wavelength services that are needed to complete commissioning on
the system?If yes, go back to Step 4.
If no, continue to Step 52.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
51 There is an optional procedure to prepare the system for additional services. For more
information and detailed procedure, go to “Prepare unkeyed FOADM system for
additional services” (p. 6-53).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
52 Commissioning on the FOADM system is now complete.
System Turn-up and commissioning Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-52 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 315/403
Prepare unkeyed FOADM system for additional services
Background
After completing the procedure“Commission a system with unkeyed FOADM lines”
(p. 6-42), through path of the system has been commissioned. This is sufficient to set thegain settings of the amplifiers in the system and determine the value of any fixed
attenuators required on through transmission path. Every service addition at a FOADM
node in an unkeyed network would require a remeasurement of the output power using an
OSA or wavelength meter to determine the correct add path power to reach the egress
Line Out target power. An optional additional step in commissioning is to determine the
required add path power from each SFD filter to achieve the Line Out target power. The
values determined cannot be stored in the network element, however the operator may
wish to record the values for reference so that when additional services are added using
the SFDs already installed, the required target power for the add path can be set directly.
Transponders are fibered to the SFDs that require the target power. Wavelength serviceswill be created across the SFDs to determine the values.
Procedure
The following is the procedure to prepare unkeyed FOADM system for additional
services.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Determine the transponder fibered to the SFD for the degree of interest. Create a
wavelength service terminated at that transponder using the procedure “Provision new
wavelength service” (p. 5-2).Note: Use a channel from the middle of the channel set supported by the filter.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Double-click the add node for the wavelength service to open the NE inventory window.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Select the Line port of the egress amplifier for the wavelength service and note the Per
channel target output power. See Figure 6-32, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM per
channel target output power” (p. 6-45).
System Turn-up and commissioning Prepare unkeyed FOADM system for additional services
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-53
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 316/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Click the Line port of the transponder used in the commissioning service. Then change
the Programmed Network Output Power to the value noted in Step 3. See Figure Figure
6-33, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM adjust output power” (p. 6-46).
Figure 6-37 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM per channel target output power
System Turn-up and commissioning Prepare unkeyed FOADM system for additional services
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-54 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 317/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 If a wavelength meter or OSA is available on-site, continue to Step 6.
If a wavelength meter or OSA is not available on-site, jump to Step 11 .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Connect a power meter to the Tx Mon port of the egress amplifier for the commissioning
service.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Click the Line port of the egress amplifier. Determine the delta between the Total
Network Power Egress and the power measured by the power meter.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Remove the power meter and connect the wavelength meter or OSA to the monitor port.
Observe the channel power on the wavelength meter or OSA for the commissioning
service. Add the delta previously calculated.
Figure 6-38 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM adjust output power
System Turn-up and commissioning Prepare unkeyed FOADM system for additional services
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-55
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 318/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Adjust the transponder Programmed Network Output Power (see Step 4) until the
observed channel power plus the delta equals the Per channel target output power as
noted in Step 3. Wait for 30 secs between adjustments.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 Jump to Step 16.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Click the Line port of the egress amplifier. Select Wavelength Tracker -> View Services
from the NE Inventory top menu.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 The wavelength services list will appear similar to Figure 6-34, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354
RM-PhM wavelength services list” (p. 6-47). Count the number services present on the
Line port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 Calculate the total output power using the total channel count noted in Step 12 and the
Per channel target output power as noted in Step 3.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 Click Close.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 Adjust the transponder Programmed Network Output Power (see Step 4) until the Total
Network Power Egress of the amplifier is equal to the calculated value in Step 13. Wait
for 30 secs between adjustments.
Figure 6-39 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM wavelength services list
System Turn-up and commissioning Prepare unkeyed FOADM system for additional services
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-56 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 319/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
16 Once the power setting required at the transponder Line port has been determined, record
this value for future use as the nominal reference power for this SFD to external Line Out
combination.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
17 Delete the wavelength service created following the procedure “Delete wavelength
service” (p. 5-29).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
18 Repeat Step 1 through Step 17 for each SFD to Line Out combination on the FOADM
degree being tested.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
19 Repeat Step 1 through Step 18 for other degrees in the system being commissioned.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
20 Commissioning on the FOADM system is now complete.
System Turn-up and commissioning Prepare unkeyed FOADM system for additional services
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-57
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 320/403
Set opposite port of Unidirectional Amplifier
Overview
The opposite direction port parameter will define the association between two
unidirectional ports. So a Bidirectional cross-connection can be used with differentunidirectional topology connections.
The following are the unidirectional LD packs:
• AM2125A - LINEIN, LINEOUT
• AM2125B - LINEIN, LINEOUT
• AM2318A - LINEIN, LINEOUT
Note: The opposite direction port parameter can only be provisioned on ports that
have an external topology connection. If the port is not externally connected, then the
NE software denies any attempt to provision the associated port.
Steps to provision/delete opposite direction port
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 The opposite direction port parameter for each direction of the topology connection can
be provisioned from either port.
For example, either of the following CLI commands will configure the opposite direction
port for both ports.
config interface card shelf/slot/LINEIN oppdirection shelf/slot/
LINEOUT
config interface card shelf/slot/LINEOUT oppdirection shelf/slot/
LINEIN
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 The opposite direction port parameter for each direction of the topology connection can
be deleted from either port.
For example, either of the following CLI commands will delete the opposite direction
port for both ports.
config interface card shelf/slot/LINEIN oppdirection delete
config interface card shelf/slot/LINEOUT oppdirection delete
System Turn-up and commissioning Set opposite port of Unidirectional Amplifier
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-58 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 321/403
Disconnect PC from the Network
Overview
The CIT provisioning was changed to allow discovery of all the network elements. See
Establish connection to the network . Once the commissioning is completed, the NE CIT provisioning must be returned to the original settings.
Procedure
The following is the procedure to disconnect the PC from the network:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Telnet to the temporary CIT port address and log in to CLI following the procedure
described in “Connect to the NE for CLI access” (p. 4-16).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Type config interface ec 1/1/cit red disable and <Enter>
Result: This turns off route redistribution.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Type config interface ec 1/1/cit ip <ip> and <Enter>
Where <ip> is the original IP address of the CIT port before it was changed.
Note: Typically this is the default IP address, 172.16.0.1.
Sample output is as shown in the following:
WARNING: Changing the local ethernet port IP address may result
in a loss of IP connectivity to this network element
from the local ethernet port only. DCN connectivity will
not be affected.
Enter yes to confirm, no to cancel.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Type yes and <Enter>
Result: Communication to the NE is lost. Close the telnet session.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Open a Windows command window and type ipconfig /release and <Enter>.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Type ipconfig /renew and <Enter>
System Turn-up and commissioning Disconnect PC from the Network
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-59
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 322/403
Result: This will force the PC to obtain a new IP address from the NE through DHCP.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Type ipconfig and <Enter>
Verify the PC has successfully obtained an IP address from the NE, and the Default
Gateway is once again the original CIT IP address.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 The PC can now be disconnected from the NE.
Understanding the loss report
Background
The loss report is generated in the following circumstances:
• When the network commissioning wizard completes, regardless of whether it
completes successfully.
• After adding, removing, or upgrading an NE.
• After performing a network power balance.
• On demand by the user.
The loss report is only fully supported for systems comprised of Auto managed lines. The
PhM only includes the ingress LD of a FOADM through node and excludes through path
of a FOADM through node.
Overview
The report is generated as an HTML file. Errors are highlighted in red. Warnings are
highlighted in yellow.
This section contains the following topics.
• “Report organization” (p. 6-61)
• “Report content” (p. 6-62)
• “Loss value field of loss report” (p. 6-63)
• “Notes field of loss report” (p. 6-64)
• “Highlighting in the loss report” (p. 6-65)
System Turn-up and commissioning Disconnect PC from the Network
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-60 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 323/403
Report organization
The loss report details the card and span losses and gains along the A-Z and Z-A paths for
each NE in the ring. The report is organized as follows:
• Summary of errors
•
Losses in the A to Z direction• Span loss node n to node 1
• Node 1 status
• Node 1 Port to port losses
• Span loss node 1 to node 2
• Node 2 status
• Node 2 Port to port losses
• Losses in the Z to A direction
Figure 6-40 Shows a section of the loss report for a span and a node
System Turn-up and commissioning Understanding the loss report
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-61
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 324/403
Report content
A summary is provided for each NE in the ring, indicating the status of the last ingress
and egress adjust. The summary is colored red if the NE has an error condition, or yellow
if the NE has a warning condition. The Last ingress result and Last egress result fields
indicate the cause of the error or warning, if applicable. The possible errors and warnings
are detailed in “Troubleshooting failed adjustments” (p. 6-74).
The following information is reported for each span in the path.
• The actual loss (or gain) for the span, in dB
• The minimum allowable loss (or gain) for the span, in dB, from the EPT
• The maximum allowable loss (or gain) for the span, in dB, from the EPT
• The loss value (commission or real time)
• Notes that provide additional information in diagnosing errors and warnings. See
“Notes field of loss report” (p. 6-64) for details.
Table 6-1 Report contents
Term Explanation
NE loss trace “A to Z” The direction of the commissioning signal.
NE loss trace “Z to A” The direction of the commissioning signal.
Actual Loss (Gain) (dB) The Actual loss is the measured loss between two consecutive
Wavelength Tracker detect points. In the case of an amplifier,
the Actual Gain is the current gain setting of the amplifier.
The actual loss must fall between the values specified for the
LPT Min and Max losses. If the adjusts for the node are
successful then no highlighting is applied to the components inthe node and losses outside the range are noted as “Loss
accommodated”. If at least one of the adjusts for the node in a
given direction has failed recently then highlighting is applied
and action by the user is required. See the following for
highlighting rules.
Note: In the case of a loss report generated after the Greenfield
commissioning wizard has run, some lines may not have been
completed, either due to upstream failures or because lines were
excluded by the wizard. In this case the Actual loss field
indicates n/a for the loss measurements because losses have not
been calculated yet for those lines of the system.
System Turn-up and commissioning Understanding the loss report
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-62 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 325/403
Table 6-1 Report contents (continued)
Term Explanation
LPT Max Loss (Gain) (dB) The maximum expected card or span loss that is used to plan
the network.
The maximum span loss is obtained by the sum of the nominalspan loss and user-defined patch-panel and fiber loss margin.
Maximum card loss is defined by considering the loss of the
specific component and appropriate connector losses within and
between cards. The component loss is obtained from a
statistical analysis of the component loss data. Total losses
within an NE are derived by a statistical RMS addition of all
the individual cards along through path of the NE.
LPT Nominal Loss (Gain)
(dB)
The nominal card or span loss used to plan the network. Total
nominal loss within an NE is derived by the linear addition of
the nominal card losses.
LPT Min Loss (Gain) (dB) The minimum expected card or span loss used to plan the
network.
Loss value indicates how the loss value reported was obtained:
• Real time: Wavelength Tracker measurement of the loss
• Commission: bulk power measurement of the loss
Notes Provides additional information, as described in “Notes field of
loss report” (p. 6-64).
Loss value field of loss report
The loss value field indicates how the displayed loss was calculated. Amplifier gains
shown in the loss report are read directly from the LD pack, therefore no text is shown in
the Loss value field.
Table 6-2 Loss value field loss report explanations
Text Explanation
Real time Real-time Wavelength Tracker readings were used to calculate
the loss when the report was generated.
System Turn-up and commissioning Understanding the loss report
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-63
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 326/403
Table 6-2 Loss value field loss report explanations (continued)
Text Explanation
Commission Commission is displayed when there are no wavelength
services with WT readings available when the report is
generated. The displayed loss is the loss that was calculatedduring the last commissioning adjustment.
Commissioning adjustments are defined as:
1. Kitless commissioning adjustments used to commission a
system.
2. Or, WT-based power adjustments when the line has not
been commissioned.
Notes field of loss report
The notes field of a row in the loss report displays additional information to the user.
Table 6-3 Notes field terms and definitions
Note Explanation
Warning: Loss x.x dB too
high.
The measured loss is x.x dB higher than the maximum loss.
Note: The level “Warning ” or “Error” is based on whether the
loss is just outside the PT range within 1 dB, or whether the
loss is outside of the PT range + 1 dB. However, if the adjust
succeeds the “Error” is changed to a “Warning ”.
Warning: Loss x.x dB too low The measured loss is x.x dB lower than the minimum loss.
Error: Loss x.x dB too high The measured loss is x.x dB higher than the maximum loss and
is associated with a failed power management adjustment.
If the power management adjustment succeeded, this would be
a Warning instead of an error.
Error: Loss x.x dB too low The measured loss is x.x dB lower than the minimum loss and
is associated with a failed power management adjustment.
If the power management adjustment succeeded, this would be
a Warning instead of an error.
Loss Accommodated. The loss is outside the planned range, but the loss was
accommodated by the auto power management adjustment.
Average attenuation of x.x dB
applied to range
For a CWR8 thru, WSS thru or ROADM thru path x.x dB was
applied to the planned loss range. This equals the applied
attenuation of the optical device in the path.
System Turn-up and commissioning Understanding the loss report
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-64 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 327/403
Table 6-3 Notes field terms and definitions (continued)
Note Explanation
Power not found No optical power was found that could be used to calculate a
loss.
Error: unable to read lossvalue
A measured loss could not be calculated and a commissioningloss was not available on the network element.
(Target gain = xx.x dB) The adjustment function calculated a gain of xx.x dB which did
not fall within the planned gain range.
Loss within 10% of max The measured loss is within 10% of the maximum planned
value. Several components within 10% of the max may cause
an auto power management adjustment to fail.
Upstream loss too high The ingress adjustment has failed and the loss preceding the
ingress LD is too high.
x dB of y dB repair marginconsumed Indicates that the ingress adjustment has set the gain of theingress LD within the repair margin allocated for this LD. The
gain is approaching the maximum gain planned for this
amplifier.
DCM present Indicates that a dispersion compensation device is between the
two detect points used to calculate the loss.
Highlighting in the loss report
If errors or warnings are generated during commissioning or during an in-service power
adjustment, the relevant cells within the loss report are highlighted to help identify thesource of the problems. Warnings are highlighted yellow. Errors are highlighted red.
Highlighting is conditional on whether the report was generated during commissioning or
during an in-service operation, and based on the last adjust results for each NE.
In the following table, the rule applies for the combination of ingress line to egress line,
that is the egress line is on different degree of the node from the ingress line.
Table 6-4 Highlighting loss report rules
Last ingress result Last egress result Highlighting
Success Success No highlighting applied to the loss
report.
Losses that are outside LPTMin to LPT
Max are noted as “” in the Notes field.
System Turn-up and commissioning Understanding the loss report
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-65
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 328/403
Table 6-4 Highlighting loss report rules (continued)
Last ingress result Last egress result Highlighting
Power adjust warning -
span repair margin
violated
Success The ingress amp is highlighted yellow
with a Warning message. The
preceding span and other ingresscomponents may also be highlighted
yellow with a Warning message.
Although the ingress adjust has passed,
some of the span repair margin has
been used. In this case, the network
remains in a normal operating state.
Although no action is required, the
operator may choose to address the
warning.
Success Anything other than
success
Warnings: Components or spans
highlighted in yellow with a Warning
message may indicate a potential
problem.
Anything other than
success
Success The measured component or span loss
is less than the LPT Min or greater than
the LPT Max values, but is within the
measurement accuracy window. Before
attempting to fix the flagged warnings,
check for any components in the Error
state.
Anything other thansuccess
Anything other thansuccess
Errors: Components or spanshighlighted in red with an Error
message require attention. The
measured component or span loss is
less than the LPT Min or greater than the
LPT Max values, including
measurement accuracy. Amplifiers
highlighted in red with an Error
message indicate a problem area since
the gain setting required is outside of
the allowed range.
System Turn-up and commissioning Understanding the loss report
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-66 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 329/403
Generate and review system loss report
Overview
The System Loss Report of the CPB tool displays the loss per channel through a network
element from ingress degree to egress degree. There are two-target applications for this NE loss report. One use is to check the pad values selected during commissioning of the
FOADM network elements. The second use is to quickly audit a FOADM node in-service
to discover if any excess loss exists within the node if optical power out of range alarms
are observed on one or more channels.
Prerequisites
Prior to creating a System Loss Report, the user should complete provisioning of the EPT
parameters for the target system. If the system has been commissioned, this prerequisite is
met.
If these parameters are not provisioned, the System Loss Report will not display a targetloss range for the loop or express channels and the expected gain range for the LDs will
also be missing. The user must run the Provision System using plan wizard to provision
the required planning tool parameters prior to creating a System Loss Report. The
parameters in Table 6-5, “Minimum EPT parameters for network element” (p. 6-67) are
the minimum set of parameters that must be provisioned.
Table 6-5 Minimum EPT parameters for network element
EPT Commissioning
Parameter
Tag in planning tool
commissioning .xml file
Applicable Port
LD Gmin AmpMinGain LD Sig Out
LD Gmax AmpMaxGain LD Sig Out
Ingress LD target output power TargetOutputPower LD Sig Out
Ingress LD power deviation out DeviationOut LD Sig Out
Egress target output power TargetOutputPower LD Line Out
Egress power deviation out DeviationOut LD Line Out
Generating a loss report...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 If the CPB tool is not already running, start it by selecting Provision -> Launch CPB...
from the top menu and login using the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM login and password.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Select Commissioning -> Create System Loss Report (using plan)... from the top menu.
System Turn-up and commissioning Generate and review system loss report
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-67
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 330/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 An overview window will appear as shown in Figure 6-41, “CPB Create system loss
report overview” (p. 6-68). Click Next>.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 The planning tool file selection window is displayed as shown in Figure 6-42, “CPB
Create system loss report select planning tool file” (p. 6-68).
Figure 6-41 CPB Create system loss report overview
Figure 6-42 CPB Create system loss report select planning tool file
System Turn-up and commissioning Generate and review system loss report
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-68 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 331/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Browse to the folder containing the EPT commissioning file for the target system and
select the file.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Click Next and the system loss report stages window displays as shown in Figure 6-43,“CPB Create system loss report stages progress window” (p. 6-69).
Result: The last page appears as shown in Figure 6-44, “CPB Create system loss
report last page” (p. 6-70).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Wait until the stages show completed and click Next>.
Figure 6-43 CPB Create system loss report stages progress window
System Turn-up and commissioning Generate and review system loss report
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-69
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 332/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Click View Report, and a loss report will be displayed similar to the one shown in Figure
6-45, “CPB sample loss report” (p. 6-71). Alternatively, click Download Report to save
the report to a selected location.
Figure 6-44 CPB Create system loss report last page
System Turn-up and commissioning Generate and review system loss report
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-70 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 333/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Click Finish to close the create system loss report wizard.
Loss report contentThe egress line selected by the user, and the result of the last power management
adjustment (applicable only to Auto managed lines) is displayed above the tables.
Figure 6-45 CPB sample loss report
System Turn-up and commissioning Generate and review system loss report
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-71
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 334/403
One table per ingress line selected by the user is displayed next. The fields of the table are
explained in Table 6-6, “Loss report fields” (p. 6-72).
Table 6-6 Loss report fields
Field Description
Path - Port from The starting point for the measured loss.
Path - Port to The end point for the measured loss. The measured loss is
between “Port from” to “Port to”.
Expected Loss Range - PT
Min Loss (Gain) dB
The minimum planned loss or gain between “Port from” and
“Port to”.
Expected Loss Range - PT
Max Loss (Gain) dB
The maximum planned loss or gain between “Port from” and
“Port to”.
Notes Displays additional information. See “The notes field of the
loss report” (p. 6-73).
Measured Loss (dB)
ITU <channel number>
The measured loss for each ITU channel provisioned between
the ingress line and egress line.
There are three sections of the table. The first section is the Target Loss Comparison
section. In this section, the loss between the target power per channel at the ingress LD
Sig Out for the ingress line and the egress line LD Line Out is measured. The valid loss
range includes the expected power deviation from the target values.
The second section is the WTD detect point to detect point losses section. In this
section, each row contains the measured loss between two Wavelength Tracker detect
points.
The third section is the Per channel status. In this section, below each ITU channel
column, the status for each channel is reported.
• If the loss is measured and in range the status is “OK”.
• If the loss is measured and is too high the status is “Too high”.
• If the loss is measured and is too low the status is “Too low”.
• If the loss was not measured the status is “n/a”.
The PT Min Loss and PT Max Loss fields show n/a if the planned loss is not set on the
network element, or cannot be calculated, for WTD to WTD losses and the target loss
range, respectively.n/a indicates“not available”.
System Turn-up and commissioning Generate and review system loss report
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-72 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 335/403
The notes field of the loss report
The notes field contains additional information.
• Power not found - power readings were not available for one or more of the channels.
“n/a” is shown where the loss for the channel would normally be displayed.
• Error: Unable to calculate target loss range - displayed when the planning tool data
required to calculate the target loss range is not available. See Table 6-6, “Loss report
fields” (p. 6-72) for the required planning tool data.
System report highlighting
If the measured loss reported is outside the planned range by less than or equal to 1 dB
the loss is highlighted yellow. If the measured loss is outside the planned range by more
than 1 dB the loss is highlighted red. If the measured loss is within the planned range the
loss is not highlighted. The WTD to WTD losses are not highlighted if the measured loss
in the Target Loss Comparison is not highlighted.
If a measured loss cannot be calculated no highlighting is applied to the measured loss. If the planned or target loss range is not available no highlighting is applied.
Troubleshooting using the loss report
Losses that are highlighted Yellow indicate a potential problem. Losses that are
highlighted Red indicate a problem that should be corrected. For a path from an ingress
line that is Manually power managed to an egress line that is Manually power managed
on a FOADM node, the most likely problem is an incorrect pad selection for the optical
connection between the drop side and add side of the path. As removal of an attenuating
pad will break the optical path of the signal, attenuating pad changes should be done
during a maintenance time window.
During service turn-up, the loss report can be used as an aide to ensure that the selected
pad for the new service is correct. After adding the attenuating pad for the new service,
run the loss report to compare the measured loss for the channel to the target loss range.
System Turn-up and commissioning Generate and review system loss report
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-73
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 336/403
Troubleshooting failed adjustments
Overview
After the Commission Greenfield System wizard completes, a loss report is generated.
Refer to “Understanding the loss report” (p. 6-60) for more details about the loss report.See Figure 6-45, “CPB sample loss report” (p. 6-71).
Above each node loss summary in the loss report, there is a box with Last ingress result =
<string> and Last egress result = <string> (see Figure 6-45, “CPB sample loss report”
(p. 6-71). If there is a failure on the NE, then the box is highlighted. Warnings are
highlighted yellow. Errors are highlighted red. This section provides a list of the possible
messages, along with a detailed description of the message and any corrective action
required.
Table 6-7, “Loss report error messages” (p. 6-74) provides a list of possible error
messages. Follow the applicable corrective action to troubleshoot the error.
Table 6-7 Loss report error messages
Message Description Corrective Action
Aborted The power adjustment was
aborted by the user.
This message applies to
in-service adjustments only.
NA
Action not supported for that
location
The point selected is not a
power adjustment target point.
See the Alcatel-Lucent 1830
Photonic Service Switch
36/32/16 (PSS-36/PSS-32/ PSS-16) Release 6.0 User
Provisioning Guide for a list
of valid adjustment points.
Amplifier is gain limited
(ingress adjustment)
The amplifier output power is
at its maximum allowable
level and the gain has been
clamped.
Go to “Troubleshoot amplifier
is gain limited (ingress
adjustment)” (p. 6-80).
Amplifier is gain limited
(egress adjustment)
The amplifier output power is
at its maximum allowable
level and the gain has beenclamped.
Go to “Troubleshoot amplifier
is gain limited (egress
adjustment)” (p. 6-80).
System Turn-up and commissioning Troubleshooting failed adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-74 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 337/403
Table 6-7 Loss report error messages (continued)
Message Description Corrective Action
Amplifier signal power
unavailable
The adjustment failed because
the NE was unable to retrieve
the signal power from thecorresponding ingress/egress
amplifier. This message
applies to Commission
Greenfield System wizard
triggered adjustments only.
Go to “Troubleshoot amplifier
signal power unavailable”
(p. 6-81)).
No through services
provisioned
An adjustment cannot be
completed for the through
path of the network element
because no services are
provisioned or present. This
message is not considered afailure. This message pertains
to in-service egress power
adjustments only.
Go to “Troubleshoot no
through services provisioned”
(p. 6-81).
Pack required for adjust not
present
A pack required to perform a
power adjustment is not
present.
Go to “Troubleshoot pack
required for adjust not
present” (p. 6-81).
Communication time-out with
upstream node
Communication with the
upstream node failed.
Go to “Troubleshoot
communication time-out with
upstream node” (p. 6-82).
Configuration request
unsuccessful
The software encountered an
internal error.
Go to “Troubleshoot
configuration request
unsuccessful” (p. 6-82).
Error A general error has occurred. Check for alarms and
troubleshoot.
Fiber is not yet commissioned The commissioning flag for
the line where the adjustment
was triggered has not been set
to completed yet. This
message applies to in-service
adjustments only, triggereddirectly by the user.
Go to “Troubleshoot fiber is
not yet commissioned”
(p. 6-83).
Local adjustment is still in
progress
A power adjustment is
currently in progress. This
message applies to in-service
adjustments only.
Wait for the adjustment to
complete.
System Turn-up and commissioning Troubleshooting failed adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-75
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 338/403
Table 6-7 Loss report error messages (continued)
Message Description Corrective Action
Power adjust failed - span
repair margin violated
The power adjustment failed
because the required gain falls
within the area designated for the span splice margin.
Go to “Troubleshoot loss too
high (ingress adjustment)”
(p. 6-83).
Power adjust warning - splice
margin violated
Indicates that the ingress
amplifier gain encroaches on
the span repair margin.
Go to “Troubleshoot power
adjust warning - splice margin
violated” (p. 6-83).
Loss too high (ingress
adjustment)
The loss from the output of
the previous node to the
ingress amp on the current
node is greater than the
maximum allowable span loss
specified in the EPT
commissioning file. The loss
cannot be accommodated by
the gain limits for the ingress
amplifier planned by the EPT.
In-service: The required gain
calculated by the adjustment
exceeds the planned
maximum gain plus a margin
over the maximum gain.
Triggered by Commission
Greenfield System wizard:The required gain calculated
by the adjustment exceeds the
planned maximum gain.
Go to “Troubleshoot loss too
high (ingress adjustment)”
(p. 6-83).
Loss too high (egress
adjustment). The loss within
the node is too high.
The loss within the node is
too high.
Go to “Troubleshoot loss too
high (egress adjustment)”
(p. 6-84).
Loss too low (ingress
adjustment)
The loss from the output of
the previous node to the
ingress amp on the current
node is less than the minimumallowable span loss specified
in the EPT commissioning
file. The loss cannot be
accommodated by the gain
limits of the ingress amplifier.
Go to “Troubleshoot loss too
low (ingress adjustment)”
(p. 6-85).
System Turn-up and commissioning Troubleshooting failed adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-76 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 339/403
Table 6-7 Loss report error messages (continued)
Message Description Corrective Action
Loss too low (egress
adjustment)
The loss within the node is
too low.
Go to “Troubleshoot loss too
low (egress adjustment)”
(p. 6-85).Maximum number of
iterations reached
Maximum number of
adjustment iterations is
reached. The probable cause
is erratic power transient. This
message may appear for an
egress adjustment triggered at
a terminal line if the OT or
SVAC power setpoint cannot
be achieved. This message
applies to in-service power
adjustments only. This canalso occur if the OT line port
admin state is down.
Go to “Troubleshoot
Maximum number of
iterations reached” (p. 6-86).
No services in appropriate
state for adjustment
The services required to
perform an in-service power
adjustment are in a power
unstable state or the
Wavelength Tracker detect
point reporting powers has
been declared unreliable and
the power adjustment cannot
proceed. This message applies
to in-service power
adjustments only.
Go to “Troubleshoot no
services in appropriate state
for adjustment” (p. 6-86).
No through services in
appropriate state for
adjustment
The services required to
perform an in-service power
adjustment are in a power
unstable state or the
Wavelength Tracker detect
point reporting powers has
been declared unreliable and
the power adjustment cannot proceed. This message applies
to in-service egress power
adjustments only.
Go to “Troubleshoot no
through services in
appropriate state for
adjustment” (p. 6-87).
System Turn-up and commissioning Troubleshooting failed adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-77
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 340/403
Table 6-7 Loss report error messages (continued)
Message Description Corrective Action
No services present Impossible to complete
adjustment without services
provisioned. This messageapplies to in service power
adjustments only.
Go to “Troubleshoot no
services present” (p. 6-87).
Power changing; cannot
adjust
The total or signal power
readings are not stable and the
power adjustment cannot
execute. This message applies
to adjustments triggered by
the Commission Greenfield
System wizard only.
Contact your next level of
support.
Power measurement is
unavailable
The power management
application failed to retrieve a
value from one of the line
packs.
Go to “Troubleshoot power
measurement is unavailable”
(p. 6-87).
Success Adjustment completed
successfully. Loss
compensated within tolerance.
NA
Timeout caused adjust to halt The power adjustment timed
out.
Go to “Troubleshoot time-out
caused adjust to halt”
(p. 6-88).
Topology provisioning isincomplete
The NE fiber topology is notfully defined.
Go to “Troubleshoot topology provisioning is incomplete”
(p. 6-88).
Upstream data unavailable Data from the upstream NEs
is unavailable.
Go to “Troubleshoot
communication time-out with
upstream node” (p. 6-82).
Upstream software
incompatible
The NE upstream of the node
where the ingress adjustment
was attempted is running an
incompatible software release.
Go to “Troubleshoot upstream
software incompatible”
(p. 6-88).
System Turn-up and commissioning Troubleshooting failed adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-78 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 341/403
Table 6-7 Loss report error messages (continued)
Message Description Corrective Action
Ingress amplifier gain exceeds
maximum planned gain
The adjustment set the gain of
the ingress LD above the
maximum planned gain, butless than the maximum
planned gain plus margin.
This is not a failure, however
too many amplifiers in this
state will cause the OSNR of
services to be too low to
maintain error free
transmission. The network
operator should try to clear
this state as soon as possible.
This message applies to inservice ingress adjustments
only.
Go to “Troubleshoot loss too
high (ingress adjustment)”
(p. 6-83).
Egress amplifier gain exceeds
maximum planned gain
The adjustment set the gain of
the egress LD above the
maximum planned gain, but
less than the maximum
planned gain plus margin.
This is not a failure, however
too many amplifiers in this
state will cause the OSNR of
services to be too low tomaintain error free
transmission. The network
operator should try to clear
this state as soon as possible.
This message applies to in
service egress adjustments
only.
Go to “Troubleshoot loss too
high (egress adjustment)”
(p. 6-84).
Amplifier mid-stage loss
problem
The adjustment cannot be
completed because the loss of
the amplifier mid-stage is outof range.
Go to “Troubleshoot amplifier
mid-stage loss problem”
(p. 6-89).
System Turn-up and commissioning Troubleshooting failed adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-79
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 342/403
Table 6-7 Loss report error messages (continued)
Message Description Corrective Action
Some add path control points
incomplete
The in-service egress
adjustment was unable to
completely adjust some of thelocally added channels for the
line at which the adjustment
was run.
Go to “Troubleshoot add path
control points incomplete”
(p. 6-89).
Adjustment using ASE not
possible - cross connect
provisioned
There is a cross-connect
provisioned on the line on
which the adjustment was
attempted. The power
adjustment cannot be
completed with this
cross-connect present.
Go to “Troubleshoot
adjustment not possible -
cross-connect provisioned”
(p. 6-90).
Troubleshoot amplifier is gain limited (ingress adjustment)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Check the input power to the amplifier.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If it is abnormally high, this indicates a problem upstream. Correct the upstream problem.
Troubleshoot amplifier is gain limited (egress adjustment)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 If the problem is not traffic affecting, no action is required. This procedure is complete.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Check loss between the output of the amplifier and node output. Clean or replace
components as necessary.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Check for incorrect fibering that may have caused the input power to the amplifier to be
too high. Clean or replace components as necessary.
System Turn-up and commissioning Troubleshooting failed adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-80 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 343/403
Troubleshoot amplifier signal power unavailable
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Perform a warm reset of the amplifier pack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Rerun the commissioning wizard.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If the fault persists, perform a cold reset of the amplifier pack by reseating the pack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Rerun the commissioning wizard.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 If the fault persists, replace the amplifier pack.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Rerun the commissioning wizard.
Troubleshoot no through services provisioned
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Provision at least one present wavelength on through path.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Retry adjustment.
Troubleshoot pack required for adjust not present
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Verify that the packs planned by the EPT for the WDM through path are present.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Verify that the packs planned by the EPT for the WDM through path are Admin up.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Check for any alarms related to the packs. Replace packs if necessary.
System Turn-up and commissioning Troubleshooting failed adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-81
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 344/403
Troubleshoot communication time-out with upstream node
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 If the message is generated during the Commission Greenfield System wizard, rerun the
commissioning wizard.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If the message is generated as a result of an in-service power adjustment, perform a power
adjustment on the affected span using the Adjust button in the PhM interface or use the
CLI or WebUI to perform an ingress power adjustment.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If the fault persists, check that the OSC CN link between the nodes of the segment is up.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Troubleshoot the CN link if necessary.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 If the message is generated during the Commission Greenfield System wizard, rerun the
commissioning wizard.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 If the message is generated as a result of an in-service power adjustment, perform a power
adjustment on the affected span using the Adjust button in the PhM interface or use the
CLI or WebUI to perform an ingress power adjustment.
Troubleshoot configuration request unsuccessful
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Check for alarms and troubleshoot following the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service
Switch 36/32/16 (PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 6.0 Maintenance and Trouble-Clearing
Guide.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Check for packs that reset during the adjustment. Try rerunning the adjustment if a pack
had reset during the adjustment.
System Turn-up and commissioning Troubleshooting failed adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-82 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 345/403
Troubleshoot fiber is not yet commissioned
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 If commissioning of the system has not been done yet, follow the commissioning
procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If commissioning of the system has been completed, set the commissioning flags of the
ingress LD Line ports to completed/true. This can be done by the user through the PhM
inventory view, CLI, or WebUI.
Troubleshoot power adjust warning - splice margin violated
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 If the message is generated as a result of an in-service power adjustment, no action is
required. This is not considered a failure, but it is a warning to the user that the amplifier
gain is approaching the maximum gain planned for the amplifier by the EPT.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If the message is generated during commissioning, troubleshoot the problem as described
in “Troubleshoot loss too high (ingress adjustment)” (p. 6-83).
Troubleshoot loss too high (ingress adjustment)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Identify the source of the excess loss using the loss report (see “Understanding the loss
report” (p. 6-60)).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If the span loss is too high, perform the following substeps and retry the adjustment after
each step.
If not, go to Step 8 ....................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Clean the fiber connection between the patch panel and the LD Line In port.
System Turn-up and commissioning Troubleshooting failed adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-83
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 346/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Perform an in-service adjustment from the PhM light path trace power management
interface.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 If the Loss too high error remains, check the loss on the affected segment and if the spanloss is too high field personnel will need to try to correct the span loss.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 If the Loss too high error remains, clean the fiber connection between the patch panel and
the LD Line Out port of the upstream network element.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 If the span loss cannot be reduced to meet the planned limit, then a replan of the system
will be required using the EPT.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 If the message is generated during ASE commissioning, rerun the commissioning wizard.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 If the message is generated as a result of an in-service power adjustment, perform a power
adjustment on the affected span using the PhM, CLI, or WebUI.
Troubleshoot loss too high (egress adjustment)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Identify the location on the NE of the excess loss using the loss report (see
“Understanding the loss report” (p. 6-60)).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If the message is generated as a result of an in-service power adjustment, perform a power
adjustment on the affected span using the PhM, CLI, or WebUI.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If loss is still too high, replace the pack (or packs) where the measured loss reported by
the loss report is closest to the maximum loss. Retry the adjustment, and repeat if
necessary.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If the message is generated during ASE commissioning, rerun the commissioning wizard.
System Turn-up and commissioning Troubleshooting failed adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-84 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 347/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 If the message is generated as a result of an in-service power adjustment, perform a power
adjustment on the affected span using the PhM, CLI, or WebUI.
Troubleshoot loss too low (ingress adjustment)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Verify the span loss using the loss report.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 The error may be caused by a fibering error on the ingress path of the NE. Check the
actual node fibering and compare with the planned fibering.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If the fibering is incorrect on the NE, clean and refiber the NE as required.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If the message is generated as a result of an in-service power adjustment, perform a power
adjustment on the affected span using the PhM, CLI, or WebUI.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 If span loss remains too low, check the loss on the affected segment. If it cannot be
corrected, a replan of the network using the EPT will be required.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 If the message is generated during ASE commissioning, rerun the commissioning wizard
with the new EPT commissioning file.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 If the message is generated as a result of an in-service power adjustment, generate a new
EPT commissioning file and use it to rebalance the power using the PhM Power Balance
(Using Plan) function. Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 1354 RM-PhM Photonic
Manager Release 9.1 EMS Reference Guide.
Troubleshoot loss too low (egress adjustment)
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Identify the location on the NE where the loss is too low using the loss report (see
“Understanding the loss report” (p. 6-60)).
System Turn-up and commissioning Troubleshooting failed adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-85
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 348/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Check the actual node fibering and compare with the planned fibering. If the fibering is
incorrect on the NE, clean and refiber the NE as required.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If the message is generated during ASE commissioning, rerun the commissioning wizard....................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If the message is generated as a result of an in-service power adjustment, perform a power
adjustment on the affected span using the PhM, CLI, or WebUI.
Troubleshoot Maximum number of iterations reached
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Check the admin status of the transponder ports used for commissioning and verify that
they are up.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Observe wavelength tracker powers at the input of the ingress amplifier. Retry adjustment
if power is stable over a minute.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 For a terminal node configuration (a line that is not connected to other lines within the
same NE), check the power setpoint versus the maximum attainable for any add path
power control points. To check the OT or SVAC maximum attainable power and current
target power, use the PhM inventory view, CLI, or WebUI.
Troubleshoot no services in appropriate state for adjustment
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Wait for 30 secs to allow any unstable services to stabilize and reattempt the power
adjustment....................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Check for alarms and troubleshoot to bring the services to a stable state.
System Turn-up and commissioning Troubleshooting failed adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-86 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 349/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 For an ingress adjustment, verify that the WT power readings for all channels received at
the local line are also present and power in range at the upstream egress line. If any
channel powers are missing or power out of range at the upstream egress line,
troubleshoot the upstream line.
Troubleshoot no through services in appropriate state for adjustment
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Wait for 30 secs to allow any unstable services to stabilize and reattempt the power
adjustment.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Check for alarms and troubleshoot to bring the services to a stable state.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Ensure that Wavelength Tracker powers are visible at the detect points through the node
from ingress line(s) to the egress line the egress adjustment was triggered for. Use the
PhM light path trace, CLI, or WebUI to confirm the provisioned services are present.
Troubleshoot no services present...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Provision a service (must be completed).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Retry the power adjustment.
Troubleshoot power measurement is unavailable
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Check for any pack missing alarms, as this failure will occur if a pack is not present.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Reinsert the packs that are missing.
System Turn-up and commissioning Troubleshooting failed adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-87
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 350/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Rerun the commissioning wizard if the adjustment was triggered by the Commission
Greenfield System wizard.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Retry the power adjustment at the failed adjustment point using the PhM, CLI, or WebUIinterface.
Troubleshoot time-out caused adjust to halt
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Check that the NE is online and stable.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Check that all packs are up and running (packs are not undergoing reset).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Retry the power adjustment.
Troubleshoot topology provisioning is incomplete
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Complete the fiber topology provisioning on the NE. Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830
Photonic Service Switch 36/32/16 (PSS-36/PSS-32/PSS-16) Release 6.0 User
Provisioning Guide.
Troubleshoot upstream software incompatible
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Check the software version on the upstream node. Verify that it is the same version as the
other nodes in the system.
System Turn-up and commissioning Troubleshooting failed adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-88 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 351/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If necessary, perform a software upgrade on the upstream node.
Troubleshoot amplifier mid-stage loss problem
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 If the ingress adjustment failed, check and correct the mid-stage loss of the ingress LD.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 If the egress adjustment failed, check and correct the mid-stage loss of the egress LD.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 After correcting the mid-stage loss problem retry the adjustment.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If the adjustment that failed was triggered by the Commission Greenfield System wizard,
rerun the commissioning wizard.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 If the adjustment that failed was triggered by the user manually, perform a power
adjustment using the PhM light path trace power management interface, CLI, or WebUI.
Troubleshoot add path control points incomplete
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Locate the line where the failure occurred using the loss report.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Check to see if there are any alarms on the network element that affect channels that are
added at this line. If there are any such alarms, troubleshoot them and then reattempt the
egress adjustment. End procedure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If there are no alarms, check that the administrative state of all line side ports of active
add cross-connects are set to Admin Up. If necessary, correct the setting of any Down
ports to Up. Reattempt the egress adjustment.
System Turn-up and commissioning Troubleshooting failed adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
6-89
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 352/403
Troubleshoot adjustment not possible - cross-connect provisioned
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Identify the line supporting the cross-connect using the loss report.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Delete the cross-connect.
Important! Deleting a cross-connect is service affecting.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If using the PhM Commission Greenfield System wizard, reattempt the adjustment
through another complete execution of the wizard. If using the WebUI, reattempt the
adjustment.
System Turn-up and commissioning Troubleshooting failed adjustments
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
6-90 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 353/403
7 7Performance verification
testing and data retrieval
Overview
Purpose
The procedures in this chapter helps you perform final verification on the network after
commissioning is complete.
Contents
Perform database backups 7-1
Perform database backups
Purpose
Database backups are performed using TFTP server, which is provided with the
Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM Photonic Manager. This procedure helps you perform
database backups on all the NEs in the network. The steps are completed using the
Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM. Refer to the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 1354 RM-PhM Photonic
Manager Release 9.1 EMS Reference Guide for more information.
The procedure assumes the Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM server is already connected to
the network, and all the NEs have been discovered. Commissioning must be complete.
Procedure
The following is the procedure to perform database backups....................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Select Admin-> Settings from the top menu in the Topology View window. See Figure
7-1, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM settings menu” (p. 7-2).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
7-1
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 354/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 In the Settings window, select System Settings from the top tab and FTP subtab as
shown in Figure 7-2, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM file transfer window” (p. 7-3) .
Figure 7-1 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM settings menu
Performance verification testing and data retrieval Perform database backups
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-2 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 355/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Verify that the root directory is /tftp files in the TFTP Root Directory dialogue box and
select FTP option in Preferred protocal for NE Backup, NE Software Upgrade, and
PM: field.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Select the Remove Prefix option button.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Click OK .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Select the NE you want to back up in the Topology View window.
Figure 7-2 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM file transfer window
Performance verification testing and data retrieval Perform database backups
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
7-3
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 356/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Select Maintenance -> NE Database Backup & Restore from the top menu bar as shown
in Figure 7-3, “Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE backup menu” (p. 7-4).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Click OK and theNE backup & Restore window opens as shown in Figure 7-4,
“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE backup” (p. 7-4).
Figure 7-3 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE backup menu
Figure 7-4 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE backup
Performance verification testing and data retrieval Perform database backups
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-4 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 357/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
9 Right-click on the NE and select Details... from the menu as shown in Figure 7-5,
“Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE backup details menu” (p. 7-5).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
10 In the Backup Properties window, check both Use the EMS Server as Backup host
recommended and Use default backup directory recommended.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
11 Click OK .
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
12 Ensure that the NE is selected in the list and click the Backup selected NE(s) icon as
shown in the following figure.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
13 The backup progress is displayed in the bottom half of the Backup & Restore window.
Wait for the Backup Success message.
Figure 7-5 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE backup details menu
Figure 7-6 Alcatel-Lucent 1354 RM-PhM NE backup icon
Performance verification testing and data retrieval Perform database backups
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
7-5
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 358/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
14 Verify the database backup file is present in the PhM server PC. The path is
C:/tftpfiles/nebackup/ <filename>.
Where <filename> has the format <NEname>_<release descriptor>_<backup
date>_<backup time >.bak
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
15 Are there additional NEs that have not been backed up?
If yes, go back to Step 6 .
If no, this procedure is complete.
Performance verification testing and data retrieval Perform database backups
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
7-6 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 359/403
Appendix A: Fiber cleaning
Overview
Purpose
This chapter describes the Alcatel-Lucent recommended method for the cleaning and
inspection of optical connectors using specific tools and materials that have been provento be effective in the assembly and testing of optical transmission equipment. It is critical
that the connector endfaces, optical ports, and bulkheads are clean and free from
particular contamination to assure proper performance and reliability of lightwave
systems. With the modern high speed, high power, and wider bandwidth optical
transmission systems, clean connectors along the optical path are absolutely essential for
successful operation.
Before making any optical connections, perform the “Inspect, Clean, Inspect, Connect”
(ICIC) process on every jumper connector endface, optical port, and optical bulkhead.
Note: The information in this appendix is applicable to all Alcatel-Lucent optical
products, not just Alcatel-Lucent 1830 Photonic Service Switch (PSS). There may be
tools and connector types listed that are not applicable to Alcatel-Lucent 1830
PSS-32/PSS-16.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
A-1
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 360/403
Safety instructions
DANGER
Laser hazard
Never view an energized optical cable with the naked eye or with an optical magnifying instrument. Disconnected or separated optical connectors may emit invisible laser
radiation and direct exposure can severely injure the eye. If inspecting the endface of a
connector with a fiberscope, be absolutely certain that the system is deactivated.
DANGER
Noxious-substance hazard
Alcohol is flammable and is harmful if swallowed, inhaled or absorbed through the skin.
Keep alcohol away from heat, sparks, or flame. Avoid contact with eyes, skin and
clothing.
Contents
Cleaning optical connectors A-3
Inspecting optical connectors A-6
Cleaning other optical components A-7
Fiber cleaning Overview
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A-2 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 361/403
Cleaning optical connectors
Materials and tools
For proper cleaning, the equipment and materials in the following table are
recommended:
Table A-1 Tools for cleaning optical fiber connectors
Product Model Comcode ITE # Installation
Order #
Optical Fiber
Scope
Noyes OFS
300-200X
408463636 ITE-7129 33712900
2.5 mm Universal
adapter Cap
For use with the
Noyes OFS
300-200X
408197044 ITE-7129D1 33712901
1.25 mm
Universal
Adapter Cap
For use with the
Noyes OFS
300-200X
408197069 ITE-7129D2 33712902
Video Fiber
Scope*
Noyes VFS- 408356830 ITE-7146 4171600
1.25 mm Adapter For VFS-1 408356848 ITE-7146D1 33714601
2.5 mm Adapter For VFS-1 408356855 ITE-7146D2 33714602
FC Adapter For VFS-1 408356863 ITE-7146D3 33714603
LC Adapter For VFS-1 408356889 ITE-7146D4 33714604
SC Adapter For VFS-1 408356954 ITE-7146D5 33714605
ST Adapter For VFS-1 408356962 ITE-7146D6 33714606
Individual
Pre-Saturated
Alcohol Wipes
99% Pure
Isopropyl Alcohol
901375147 ITE-7136 33713600
CLETOP
Cleaning Cassette
Type A Reel 901375154 ITE-7137 33713700
CLETOP
Cleaning Cassette
Replacement
Reel
Type A Reel 901375014 ITE-7137 D1 33713701
Luminex Stick
Port Cleaners
1.25 mm 901375030 ITE-7134 33713400
Luminex Stick
Port Cleaners
2.5 mm 901375022 ITE-7135 33713500
Fiber cleaning Cleaning optical connectors
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
A-3
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 362/403
Table A-1 Tools for cleaning optical fiber connectors (continued)
Product Model Comcode ITE # Installation
Order #
Luminex Cloth 5.5” x 5.5” 408201226 R6033 23603300
Note: The equipment and material previously listed has been tested and is proven
effective when used in conjunction with this procedure. Substitution of equipment or
materials is at the discretion of the user and is not recommended by Alcatel-Lucent.
Fiber cleaning considerations
Observe the following precautions when handling fibers to prevent contaminates from
adhering to the fibers and creating potential errors and unnecessary losses:
• Assume that all fibers are dirty and must be inspected and cleaned before connection
to equipment.
• Always inspect fibers for contaminants and clean where required.
• Do not remove the protective end caps on fibers or fiber ports until ready to connect.
• If it is suspected that a fiber or port was contaminated during test or turn up
procedures, reinspect and clean as necessary.
Cleaning process
The following cleaning procedure is acceptable for field service/installation activities:
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Remove the dust cap from the connector ferrule exposing the connector end-face....................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Open an individual foil packet of a pre-saturated isopropyl alcohol (99% pure) wipe.
Grasp the connector housing and place the connector ferrule end-face perpendicular to the
alcohol wipe.
Drag it against the wipe three times in a figure 8 pattern. This action applies the alcohol
solvent to the end-face and initially loosens and scrubs away organic/solid contaminates.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 If a CLETOP cassette cleaner is not available, proceed with Step 7. Otherwise, hold theCLETOP cassette cleaner in the palm of your hand with the cassette shutter door facing
up.
Fiber cleaning Cleaning optical connectors
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A-4 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 363/403
Rotate the cassette lever all the way down with your thumb. Do not release the lever. The
lever advances the “dry” Luminex cleaning cloth inside the case and simultaneously
opens the shutter. The CLETOP cassette shutter door is now open and ready for cleaning
the connector.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Insert and press the connector ferrule end-face perpendicular against the cleaning cloth in
the first of two slots of the cleaner.
Drag it down in the direction indicated by the arrows on the cleaner. Do not release the
lever of the cassette.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Lift the connector from the first slot and rotate it 90 degrees and repeat the wiping
procedure using the second slot. Be sure that the ferrule is pressed snug against the
cleaning cloth while dragging the ferrule to assure the proper cleaning action.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
6 Release the cassette lever allowing the shutter door to close to its initial position.
Continue with Step 8.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7 Wrap a Luminex cleaning cloth around the ferrule and rotate the connector housing,
cleaning the outside periphery of ferrule.
Follow this by folding an unused portion of the cloth over the end of the ferrule end-face
and then with light pressure from the thumb, slightly drag the cloth from the center of the
ferrule to the edge while rotating the connector 360 degrees. If the Luminex cleaning
cloth is not available, a lint-free clean room optic wipe can be used. The Luminexcleaning cloth is washable and can be used multiple times. The optic wipes are single use
and disposable.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
8 Inspect the connector for cleanliness. If necessary, repeat the cleaning process.
Fiber cleaning Cleaning optical connectors
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
A-5
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 364/403
Inspecting optical connectors
Connector inspection
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Follow the instructions in the manual provided with the Optical Fiber Scope to view theferrule end-face of the fiber under inspection.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 The visual area of the ferrule end-face (ferrule and fiber) as observed by the inspection
system/scope should be free of any contaminates. Repeat the Cleaning Procedure if the
fiber end-face does not meet the following requirements:
Requirement:
No fixed type of contamination (contaminates that remain at the same location after three
wet-dry cleaning cycles), regardless of size, is allowed in the restricted area of the glass
fiber end-face.
Note: The restricted area is defined as ~66 micron (µ) diameter for both single mode
and multi-mode fibers.
Requirement:
No chips, cracks, or scratches are allowed near the core of the glass fiber end-face.
Requirement:
No large floating (loose) contaminates are allowed on the glass fiber and ceramic ferrule
end-face.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 After the connector has been verified to be cleaned, it is immediately inserted into the
adapter buildout of the optical component. This assures maximum cleanliness and
effectiveness of the connector.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 If the cleaned connector cannot be “connectorized” with a corresponding adapter, the
connector ferrule must be protected with a connector dust cap. Before placing the cap on
the ferrule, ensure that the cap is clean. This can be accomplished by inserting a CLETOP
stick cleaner (swab) of the same inside diameter as the cap (either 2.5 mm or 1.25 mm)
and rotate the stick 360 degrees three times. Following this procedure, carefully place the
cap over the ferrule. When the cleaned connector is ready for assembly, it should be
reinspected for cleanliness prior to connectorization.
Fiber cleaning Inspecting optical connectors
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A-6 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 365/403
Cleaning other optical components
Fiber adapters or circuit pack connectors
During testing and/or troubleshooting activities, it is necessary to clean the optical
buildout adapter or the circuit pack connector. The following procedure is recommended....................................................................................................................................................................................................
1 Using the appropriate CLETOP stick cleaner (2.5 mm for SC, ST, and FC connectors,
1.25 mm for LC connectors) dampen the stick cleaner with Ethyl alcohol using the
alcohol wipe. Insert the stick cleaner into the adapter rotating the stick 360 degrees while
inserting. Push/rotate the stick until the stick cleaner is in contact with the connector.
Apply slight pressure upon contact and rotate the stick 360 degrees at least three times.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
2 Remove the stick cleaner, rotating it upon removal.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
3 Using a dry CLETOP stick cleaner of appropriate diameter, repeat Step 1. This procedure
cleans the side walls of the adapter and the end-face of the circuit pack connector.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
4 Gently insert the Video Fiber Scope probe into the port until the fiber ferrule comes into
view.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................
5 Verify that the fiber ferrule is clean. Repeat the process in Steps 1 - 3 if the fiber does not
meet the requirements specified in “Inspecting optical connectors” (p. A-6)
Fiber cleaning Cleaning other optical components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
A-7
E N D O F S T E P S...................................................................................................................................................................................................
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 366/403
Fiber cleaning Cleaning other optical components
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A-8 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 367/403
Appendix B: Tightening torque
Overview
Purpose
The listed tightening torque values are to be used for all fasteners on the Alcatel-Lucent
1830 Photonic Service Switch (PSS). The tolerance admitted on the nominal values is±10%.
Contents
Nominal tightening torques B-1
Nominal tightening torques
Description
The tolerance admitted on the nominal values is ±10%.
Table B-1 Nominal tightening torques
Screw
Size
Captive screw General screw Self-forming screw
N-m in-lb N-m in-lb N-m in-lb
M2 0.13 1.15 0.26 2.30 0.30 2.66
M2.5 0.28 2.48 0.53 4.63 0.60 5.26
M3 0.48 4.25 0.92 8.15 1.10 9.74
M4 1.10 9.74 2.10 18.60 2.50 22.14
M5 2.15 19.04 4.00 35.43 4.90 43.40
M6 3.80 33.65 6.90 61.11 10.80 95.65
M8 9.30 82.36 17.60 155.87 25.50 225.84
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
B-1
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 368/403
Table B-1 Nominal tightening torques (continued)
Screw
Size
Captive screw General screw Self-forming screw
N-m in-lb N-m in-lb N-m in-lb
M10 18.50 163.85 30.50 270.13 48.00 425.12
M12 31.40 278.10 59.80 529.63 84.00 743.96
12-24 NA NA NA NA 3.75 34
Table B-2 Nominal tightening torques when using washers
Screw
Size
Captive screw General screw Self-forming screw
N-m in-lb N-m in-lb N-m in-lb
M2 0.14 1.24 0.28 2.48 0.32 2.83
M2.5 0.29 2.57 0.58 5.14 0.68 6.02
M3 0.55 4.87 1.00 8.85 1.20 10.63
M4 1.20 10.63 2.30 20.37 2.80 24.80
M5 2.40 21.25 4.50 39.85 5.40 47.82
M6 4.20 37.20 7.60 67.31 11.90 105.40
M8 10.20 90.34 19.40 171.82 28.00 247.99
M10 20.30 179.80 33.55 297.14 52.80 467.63
M12 34.50 305.55 65.80 582.77 92.70 821.01
Tightening torque Nominal tightening torques
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
B-2 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 369/403
Glossary
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
A access identifier (AID)
A unique identifier used to address equipment slots and ports, as well as facility tributaries, that
are defined for the system architecture.
add/drop multiplexer/multiplexing (ADM)
A high-speed multiplexing function offered by SONET that allows lower-level signals to be added
to or dropped from an optical carrier channel. The connection to the add/drop multiplexer is
through a tributary channel at a lower SONET carrier rate or a specific digital speed (for example,
DS3 or DS1).
ADM
See “add/drop multiplexer/multiplexing” (p. GL-1) for definition.
AHPHG
High Power High Gain DWDM Amplifier. See “ALPHG” (p. GL-2) for related term.
AID
See “access identifier” (p. GL-1) for definition.
AIM
See “alarm indication message” (p. GL-1) for definition.
AINS
Automatic in-service.
AIS
See “alarm indication signal” (p. GL-1) for definition.
alarm
External notification or display of a failure condition. The indication of failure is towards an
external system interface or through audible or visible indicators.
alarm indication message (AIM)
A return message sent from one network element (NE) to another NE that indicates it has receiveda signal that is so degraded that it is raising an alarm.
alarm indication signal (AIS)
A signal sent downstream by an NE to indicate that its incoming signal has failed.
alarm list
A status report that lists active alarms on the NE.
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
GL-1
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 370/403
alarm log
A history of setting and clearing system alarms on the NE.
alarm severity
An attribute that defines the priority of the alarm message. The method in which alarms are
processed depends on their severity.
ALPHG
Low Power High Gain DWDM Amplifier. See “AHPHG” (p. GL-1) for related term.
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
A United States standards body that accredits standards for programming languages,
communications, and networking. ANSI is the U.S. representative in the International
Organization for Standards (ISO).
amplified spontaneous emission (ASE)
Optical noise generated in an erbium-doped fiber amplifier (EDFA) with and without signal input
power.
ANSI
See “American National Standards Institute” (p. GL-2) for definition.
APD
See “avalanche photodiode” (p. GL-3) for definition.
APS
See “automatic protection switching” (p. GL-3) for definition.
APSD
See “automatic power shutdown” (p. GL-3) for definition.
ASE
See “amplified spontaneous emission” (p. GL-2) for definition.
asynchronous
Data that is transmitted without an associated clock signal.
asynchronous transfer mode (ATM)
A fast-packet, connection-oriented, cell-switching technology for broadband signals. ATM is
designed to accommodate any form of data, including voice, facsimile, computer data, video,
image, and multimedia, whether compressed or uncompressed, whether real-time or non-real-time
in nature, and with guaranteed quality of service (QoS).ATM networks will accept or reject connections based on a user's average and peak bandwidth
requirements, providing flexible and efficient service for LAN-to-LAN, compressed video, and
other applications that involve variable bit rate (VBR) traffic.
ATM
See “asynchronous transfer mode” (p. GL-2) for definition.
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-2 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 371/403
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 372/403
BBE
See “background block errors” (p. GL-3) for definition.
BDI
See “backward defect indication” (p. GL-3) for definition.
BER See “bit error rate” (p. GL-4) for definition.
bidirectional line switched ring (BLSR)
A survivable SONET transport architecture that protects against cable cuts and node failures by
providing duplicate, geographically diverse paths for each service. Network elements are
interconnected in a closed fiber loop (four fibers for a four-fiber BLSR architecture or two fibers
for a two-fiber BLSR). A service can reach its destination by traveling in either direction around
the ring. Exactly one-half of the bandwidth available between adjacent nodes in each direction is
used for working traffic, with the remaining bandwidth available for protection.
bit error rate (BER)
BER measures how accurately a bitstream is transmitted through a system. It measures how many
bits are received in error, compared to how many bits are sent.
BLSR
See “bidirectional line switched ring” (p. GL-4) for definition.
BOF
See “band optical filter” (p. GL-3) for definition.
broadband (BB)
A technology that refers to the always-open gateway to Internet-connected services delivered at
lightning-fast speeds.
broadband amplifier (BBA)
Optical amplifier that supports broadband technology.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
C CAD
See “channel add/drop card” (p. GL-5) for definition.
central office (CO)
A CO can be a building, a switch, or collection of switches where subscriber lines are joined to
switching equipment that connects the subscribers to each other, other subscribers, and/or longdistance subscribers.
CFR
Code of Federal Regulations.
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-4 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 373/403
channel
A communications path or the signal sent over that path.
channel add/drop card (CAD)
Used with automatic power management; allows setpoints for a manual transmission line.
channel optical filter (COF)COF cards facilitate the WaveKey encoding function, employed at service endpoints.
chromatic dispersion
The effect describing the velocity dependence of light travelling through a medium, depending on
its wavelength. For optical telecommunication signals, this effect causes the light pulses to spread
out and the resulting distortion in pulse shape degrades the signal quality.
CIDR
See “classless inter-domain routing” (p. GL-5) for definition.
CIT
See “craft interface terminal” (p. GL-6) for definition.
cladding
Material that surrounds the core of an optical fiber that has a lower index of refraction compared
to that of the core. The lower index of refraction causes the transmitted light to travel down the
core.
classless inter-domain routing (CIDR)
Routing for networks of variable sizes, defined by a variable-length subnet mask. By using subnet
mask values other than 255 (all ones) for a particular octet, the bits in the network address that are
not 'covered' by the subnet mask can be sized to create networks that do not conform to the
original Class A, B, and C subnet definitions.
CLEI
See “common language element identifier” (p. GL-6) for definition.
CN
See “control network” (p. GL-6) for definition.
CO
See “central office” (p. GL-4) for definition.
coarse wavelength division multiplexing (CWDM)
CWDM is the method of combining multiple signals on laser beams at various wavelengths for transmission along fiber optic cables. The number of channels is fewer than in dense wavelength
division multiplexing (DWDM), but more than in standard wavelength division multiplexing
(WDM).
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
GL-5
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 374/403
COF
See “channel optical filter” (p. GL-5) for definition.
common language element identifier (CLEI)
CLEI codes enable you to clearly and consistently identify and track virtually every type of
telecommunications equipment. In the United States, these codes are assigned by Telecordia, and
are 10 bytes long.
connector
A mechanical or optical device that provides a demountable connection between two fibers or a
fiber and a source or detector.
connector variation
The maximum value in dB of the difference in insertion loss between mating optical connectors
(for example, with re-mating and temperature cycling). Also called optical connector variation.
control network (CN)
The portion of the network that carries control and management traffic (for example,
communications between the NEs and between the NEs and the EMS). The control network does
not carry user traffic. The control communications use the SNMP protocol.
core
The central portion of the fiber that transmits light. It is composed of material with a higher index
of refraction than the cladding.
coupler
An optical device that combines or splits power from optical fibers.
coupling ratio/loss (CR)
The ratio/loss of optical power from one output port to the total output power, expressed as a percentage.
CPE
See “customer premises equipment” (p. GL-6) for definition.
CR
See “coupling ratio/loss” (p. GL-6) for definition.
craft interface terminal (CIT)
A local interface between humans and a NE. It is used to issue commands to the local system or,
by way of a remote login, to another system on the same fiber as the local system.
customer premises equipment (CPE)
Terminal and associated equipment and inside wiring located at a subscriber's premises. The
equipment is connected with the carrier's communication network at the demarcation point.
CWDM
See “coarse wavelength division multiplexing” (p. GL-5) for definition.
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-6 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 375/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
D data communication network (DCN)
DCN supports communications between network elements (NEs) and the network management
system (NMS).
DCMSee “dispersion compensation module” (p. GL-7) for definition.
DCN
See “data communication network” (p. GL-7) for definition.
dense wavelength division multiplexing (DWDM)
A multiplexing technique that uses close spectral spacing of individual optical carrier wavelengths
to reduce the total number of fibers needed to provide a given amount of information-carrying
capacity. The technique takes advantage of desirable transmission characteristics (for example,
minimum dispersion or attenuation) within a given fiber.
DGEFSee “dynamic gain equalization filter” (p. GL-7) for definition.
DHCP
See “dynamic host configuration protocol” (p. GL-7) for definition.
dispersion
The temporal spreading of a light signal in an optical waveguide caused by light signals traveling
at different speeds through a fiber either due to modal or chromatic effects.
dispersion compensation module (DCM)
Spooled fiber used to control excess dispersion found in certain fiber types at pre- and
post-amplification.
distortion
The difference in value between two measurements of a signal (transmitted and received).
DS3
Standard for digital transmission (American National Standard for telecommunications -
Carrier-to-Customer Installation - DS3 Metallic Interface, ANSI T1.404- 1989).
DWDM
See “dense wavelength division multiplexing” (p. GL-7) for definition.
dynamic gain equalization filter (DGEF)
A filter that equalizes the gain of an optical signal.
dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP)
DHCP allows a DHCP server to automatically assign an IP address to a computer's TCP/IP stack
software. The number is taken from a defined range of numbers for a given network.
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
GL-7
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 376/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
E earth
The European term for electrical ground.
EC
See “equipment controller” (p. GL-9) for definition.
EDFA
See “erbium-doped fiber amplifier” (p. GL-9) for definition.
edge node
A node that connects to external network or customer equipment, as opposed to providing an
interconnection point between other nodes. It is located at the "edge" of the network.
egress
Traffic leaving a network
EIASee “Electronic Industries Alliance” (p. GL-8) for definition.
electrical variable optical attentuator (eVOA)
Works with the Tap module to provide input for Wavelength Tracker modulation and provides
optical tap for feedback signal to the Wavelength Tracker.
electromagnetic capability (EMC)
EMC is the ability of a device or system to function without error in its intended electromagnetic
environment
electromagnetic interference (EMI)
EMI refers to the emissions (high-energy, electrically induced magnetic fields) from a device or system that interfere with the normal operation of another device or system.
Electronic Industries Alliance (EIA)
Group that specifies electrical transmission standards. The EIA and TIA have developed
numerous well-known communications standards, including EIA/TIA-232 and EIA/TIA-449.
electrostatic discharge (ESD)
Static electrical energy potentially harmful to circuit packs and humans.
Element Management System (EMS)
The EMS provides an efficient means of managing the equipment and services within a network,
including creating new services, diagnosing faults, and planning for growth. It includes interfaces
to external systems to allow functions such as billing, service orders, and service level agreement
(SLA) management.
EMC
See “electromagnetic capability” (p. GL-8) for definition.
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-8 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 377/403
EMI
See “electromagnetic interference” (p. GL-8) for definition.
EMS
See “Element Management System” (p. GL-8) for definition.
ENEuropean Norm; a German acronym that stands for “Europaïsche Norm.”
Engineering rules
A set of rules that determine the system configuration possibilities based on fiber type, OA, rate,
and number of wavelengths. These rules also determine the maximum loss per span that can be
tolerated, the maximum distance between spans allowed, and the maximum number of spans that
can be supported.
equipment controller (EC)
EC is the equipment controller card˙, in a chassis with replaceable controllers, or it is the
integrated control hardware in a PSS-1.
erbium-doped fiber amplifier (EDFA)
A type of amplifier with a short length of fiber that has been doped with erbium and spliced into
the operating single-mode fiber (SMF) . A three-port wavelength division multiplexer (WDM) is
used, with one incoming port connected to the operating fiber carrying the primary signal in the
1550-nm window, one incoming port attached to a pump laser operating at 980 nm or 1480 nm,
and the one outgoing port connected to the operating fiber.
ESD
See “electrostatic discharge” (p. GL-8) for definition.
Ethernet LANA LAN conformant to the 802.3 IEEE standard. This standard supports communications over
shared media where only one device can transmit while all other devices listen. A collision
detection and handling mechanism is incorporated into the standard. Devices on the LAN
communicate by sending Ethernet packets containing a Media Access Control (MAC) address for
the source and destination. Setting the destination MAC address to all ones supports packet
broadcast to all devices on the LAN.
ETSI
See “European Telecommunications Standards Institute” (p. GL-9) for definition.
European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI)
Located in Sophia-Antipolis, France, ETSI is the European counterpart to ANSI. Its task is to
pave the way for telecommunications integration in the European community as part of the single
European market program. It establishes telecommunication standards for the European
community.
eVOA
See “electrical variable optical attentuator” (p. GL-8) for definition.
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
GL-9
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 378/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
F failure
Occurs when a fault cause persists for a certain period of time.
failure in time (FIT)
A unit of failure rate in reliability analysis. One FIT is equivalent to one failure per one billionoperating hours.
failure rate
The number of failures of a device per unit of time.
FC
See “fiber optic connector” (p. GL-10) for definition.
FC
See “Federal Communications Commission” (p. GL-10) for definition.
FCSSee “frame check sequence” (p. GL-12) for definition.
FDA
See “Food and Drug Administration” (p. GL-11) for definition.
FDDI
See “fiber distributed data interface” (p. GL-10) for definition.
FDI
See “forward defect indicator” (p. GL-11) for definition.
FECSee “forward error correction” (p. GL-11) for definition.
Federal Communications Commission (FCC)
The U.S. federal regulatory agency responsible for the regulation of interstate and international
communications by radio, television, wire, satellite, and cable.
Ferrule
A rigid tube that confines or holds a fiber as part of a connector assembly.
fiber distributed data interface (FDDI)
A set of ANSI protocols used for sending digital data over fiber optic cable. FDDI networks are
token-passing networks and support data rates of up to 100 Mbps.
fiber optic cable
A cable containing one or more optical fibers.
fiber optic connector (FC)
A threaded optical connector for single-mode or multimode fiber and applications requiring low
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-10 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 379/403
back reflection.
field-programmable gate array (FPGA)
General purpose integrated chip; chip's functions can be programmed by software. FPGAs are
mostly used for rapid development and small or medium quantities production.
file transfer protocol (FTP)A protocol used for exchanging files over the Internet. FTP uses the Internet's TCP/IP protocols to
enable data transfer. FTP is most commonly used to download/upload a file to/from a server using
the Internet.
FIT
See “failure in time” (p. GL-10) for definition.
FIT rate
The number of device failures in one billion device hours.
flash disk memory module (FMM)
A nonvolatile memory device used to store the installation software generic or the NE database.
flow
Usually refers to the movement of packets within the network (that is, packet flow).
FMM
See “flash disk memory module” (p. GL-11) for definition.
FOADM
Fixed optical add/drop multiplexer/multiplexing.
Food and Drug Administration (FDA)
An agency of the United States Department of Health and Human Services and is responsible for
the safety regulation of most types of foods, dietary supplements, drugs, vaccines, biological
medical products, blood products, medical devices, radiation-emitting devices, veterinary
products, and cosmetics.
forward defect indicator (FDI)
An automatic and fully distributed capability which indicates a failure in a server networking
layer (e.g., Physical Layer). When used with other mechanisms such as CV (Connectivity
Verification), it can indicate defects such as misbranching of LSPs and errors in swapping LSP
label.
forward error correction (FEC)A technique used for error detection and correction in which the transmitting host computer
includes some number of redundant bits in the payload (data field) of a block or frame of data.
The receiving device uses those bits to detect, isolate and correct any errors created in
transmission. FEC avoids having to retransmit information which incurred errors in network
transit.
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
GL-11
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 380/403
FPGA
See “field-programmable gate array” (p. GL-11) for definition.
frame check sequence (FCS)
Extra characters added to a frame for error control purposes. Used in HDLC, Frame Relay, and
other data link layer protocols.
Fresnel reflection
A reflection of light that occurs at the air-glass interface at the ends of an optical fiber. See “back
reflection” (p. GL-3) for related term.
FTP
See “file transfer protocol” (p. GL-11) for definition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
G gain
The increase in power and magnitude of a signal.
gateway network element (GNE)
A system node that has a physical attachment to the management system to support the access of
the remote NE. The number of remote NEs a GNE can serve is specified in terms of the number
of OSI stack associations that the GNE can support without running out of local resources.
GbE
See “Gigabit Ethernet” (p. GL-12) for definition.
Gbps
Giga bits per second
generic framing protocol (GFP)Provides a generic mechanism to adapt traffic from higher-layer client signals over an
octet-synchronous transport network. Client signals may be PDU oriented (e.g., PPP/IP or
Ethernet MAC), block oriented (e.g., Fiber Channel or ESCON) or a Constant Bit Rate (CBR)
stream.
GFP
See “generic framing protocol” (p. GL-12) for definition.
Gigabit Ethernet (GBE)
A transmission technology based on the Ethernet frame format and protocol used in local area
networks (LANs) that provides a data rate of one billion bits (one gigabit) per second. GigabitEthernet is defined in the IEEE 802.3 standard and is currently used as the backbone in many
enterprise networks.
glass through-connection
A pair of optical connections between two segments that terminate on the same site.
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-12 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 381/403
GMPLS
Generalized Multi-Protocol Label-Switching
GMRE
GMPLS Routing Engine
GNESee “gateway network element” (p. GL-12) for definition.
graphical user interface (GUI)
A program interface that takes advantage of the computer's graphics capabilities to make the
program easier to use.
grooming
Consolidating or segregating traffic.
grooming node
A node on which incoming signals of lower rates are added (or aggregated) into a higher-rate
signal for more efficient transport.
ground
The North American term for electrical earth.
GUI
See “graphical user interface” (p. GL-13) for definition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
I ILA
See “in-line amplifier” (p. GL-13) for definition.
in-line amplifier (ILA)
A repeater used in WDM technology. See “repeater” (p. GL-24) for related term.
ingress
Traffic entering a network.
insertion loss
The loss of power that results from inserting a component, such as a connector or splice, into a
previously continuous path.
International Standards Organization (ISO)
A United Nations agency concerned with international standardization in a broad range of
industrial and technical fields.
International Telecommunications Union (ITU)
An international civil organization established to promote standardized telecommunications on a
worldwide basis.
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
GL-13
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 382/403
Internet protocol (IP)
A standard protocol designed for use in interconnected systems of packet-switched computer
communication networks. The Internet Protocol provides for transmitting blocks of data called
datagrams from sources to destinations, where sources and destinations are hosts identified by
fixed-length addresses. The Internet Protocol also provides for fragmentation and reassembly of
long datagrams, if necessary, for transmission through small-packet networks.
Internet protocol security (IPsec)
A developing standard for security at the network or packet processing layer of network
communication. Earlier security approaches have inserted security at the application layer of the
communications model. IPsec is especially useful for implementing virtual private networks and
for remote user access through dial-up connection to private networks.
Internet service provider (ISP)
A company that provides individuals and other companies access to the Internet and other related
services, such as Web site building and virtual hosting.
IPSee “Internet protocol” (p. GL-13) for definition.
IPsec (Internet Protocol Security)
See “Internet protocol security” (p. GL-14) for definition.
ISO
See “International Standards Organization” (p. GL-13) for definition.
ISP
See “Internet service provider” (p. GL-14) for definition.
ITUSee “International Telecommunications Union” (p. GL-13) for definition
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
J jacket
The outer, protective covering of the cable.
jitter
Small and rapid variations in the timing of a waveform due to noise, changes in component
characteristics, supply voltages, or imperfect synchronizing circuits.
jumperA short fiber optic cable with connectors on both ends.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
L lambda (λ)
The eleventh letter in the Greek alphabet. In optical fiber networking, the term lambda refers to an
individual optical wavelength. See “wavelength” (p. GL-32) for related term.
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-14 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 383/403
laser bias current (LBC)
Current that runs through the laser to make it work. LBC is monitored by performance
monitoring. If the current goes beyond a certain threshold, the circuit pack must be replaced.
LBC
See “laser bias current” (p. GL-14) for definition.
LBO
See “line build out” (p. GL-15) for definition.
LC
See “Lucent connector” (p. GL-16) for definition.
LD
See “line driver” (p. GL-15) for definition.
LGX
A SONET device that contains ports for optical fiber connections to an optical network element
(NE). An LGX is used to make and change connections to an NE without changing the cabling on
the NE itself.
line build out (LBO)
Attenuation used to simulate a load.
line driver (LD)
An amplifier used to improve the strength of a signal at its source by driving the input of the
transmission line with an amplified signal.
link state advertisement (LSA)
A broadcast message that advertises a link's current status.
LOF
See “loss of frame” (p. GL-15) for definition.
long reach (LR)
An optic standard that constrains the output power of transmitters and the sensitivity of receivers
for long-haul applications (up to 80 km) without the need for regeneration.
LOS
See “loss of service/loss of signal” (p. GL-15) for definition.
lossThe amount of a signal's power, expressed in dB, that is lost in connectors, splices, or fiber
defects.
loss of frame (LOF)
Loss of frame is detected when the OOF (out-of-frame) anomaly persists for a certain time.
loss of service/loss of signal (LOS)
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
GL-15
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 384/403
A condition where the optical input power falls below a certain threshold.
LR
See “long reach” (p. GL-15) for definition.
LSA
See “link state advertisement” (p. GL-15) for definition.
Lucent connector (LC)
Designation for a small-form-factor (SFF) design based on a proven 1.25-mm ceramic ferrule.
This connector uses RJ-style latching. It facilitates high-speed applications with lower power
requirements due to lower insertion loss (0.1 dB typical) and higher return loss (55-dB single
mode).
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
M MAC
See “media access control” (p. GL-16) for definition.
management information base (MIB)
A formal description of a set of network objects that can be managed using the Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP). The information is represented in a tree format.
margin
The allowance for attenuation in addition to that explicitly accounted for in system design.
master controller (MC)
The system's master controller (MC) card.
Mbps
Mega bits per second
MC
See “master controller” (p. GL-16) for definition.
MD4H
A PSS-1 Multiservice Dual module unit with 4 client ports per module, which is temperature
Hardened.
mean time between failures (MTBF)
The expected average time between failures usually expressed in hours.
mean time to repair (MTTR)
The average time that it takes until a failure is repaired. MTTR is usually expressed in hours.
media access control (MAC)
The MAC address is a computer's unique hardware number. The MAC address is used by the
media access control sublayer of the data link layer of telecommunications protocols.
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-16 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 385/403
mesh
A type of network configuration that combines ROADMs to support mesh channel connectivity
between the ROADMs without O-E-O for transmission. It is operated as a single NE with as
many as four degrees (bidirectional DWDM interfaces) that comprise two lines for the east and
two for the west.
MIB
See “management information base” (p. GL-16) for definition.
mid-stage access amplifier (MSA)
An MSA has two amplifier stages between which can be fibered a DCM/DCF card or an external
dispersion compensation unit.
modulation
A process that modifies the characteristic of one wave (the carrier) by another wave (the signal).
Examples include amplitude modulation (AM), frequency modulation (FM), and pulse-coded
modulation (PCM).
MSA
See “mid-stage access amplifier” (p. GL-17) for definition.
MTBF
See “mean time between failures” (p. GL-16) for definition.
MTTR
See “mean time to repair” (p. GL-16) for definition.
multimode fiber
An optical fiber that has a core large enough to propagate more than one mode of light. The
typical diameter is 62.5 micrometers.
multiplexer (MUX)
A device that combines two or more signals into a single output.
multiplexing
The process that transmits two or more signals over a single communications channel. Examples
include time-division multiplexing and wavelength-division multiplexing.
MUX
See “multiplexer” (p. GL-17) for definition.
muxponder
A networking device that multiplexes and transponds GbE signals.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
N NE
See “network element” (p. GL-18) for definition.
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
GL-17
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 386/403
NEBS
See “Network Equipment Building System requirements” (p. GL-18) for definition.
network element (NE)
Processor-controlled entity of a telecommunications network that primarily provides switching
and transport network functions and contains network operations functions.
For 1830 PSS, a configuration of 1830 PSS equipment at a single site, addressed as a single entity,and under the control of a single controller (NE). The types of NEs are ILA (in-line amplifier) and
ADM (add/drop multiplexer).
Network Element Management System (NMS)
The NMS provides an efficient means of managing the equipment and services within a network,
including creating new services, diagnosing faults, and planning for growth. It has interfaces to
external systems to allow functions such as billing, service orders, and service level agreement
(SLA) management.
Network Equipment Building System requirements (NEBS)
Developed by Telcordia, standards that vendors must adhere to if they want to sell equipment tothe Regional Bell Operating Companies (RBOCs) and the Competitive Local Exchange Carriers
(CLECs).
network services
Services that the network provider creates only as infrastructure to support user services. For
example, a VPN network service is used to implement an Ethernet service.
network time protocol (NTP)
Internet protocol used to synchronize time between network equipment.
NMS
See “Network Element Management System” (p. GL-18) for definition.
node
A node (or network element) is a set of one or more Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 shelves that are
viewed as a single entity by the Network Management System. A node can be any of the
following:
• up to two single optical shelves
• a single electrical shelf
• a single electrical shelf and one or more optical shelves
non-service affecting (NSA)
Refers to a condition that does not impact or interfere with network service.
NSA
See “non-service affecting” (p. GL-18) for definition.
NTP
See “network time protocol” (p. GL-18) for definition.
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-18 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 387/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
O OA
See “optical amplifier” (p. GL-20) for definition.
OAMP
Operations, Administration, Maintenance, and Provisioning.
OC-n
See “optical carrier level-n” (p. GL-20) for definition.
Occupational Safety and Health Administration) (OSHA)
OSHA is the main American federal agency charged with the enforcement of safety and health
legislation.
OCHAN or OCh
See “optical channel” (p. GL-20) for definition.
ODUSee “optical demultiplexer” (p. GL-20) for definition.
ODU-k
An optical logical connection with a specific rate. The rate can be either ODU-10G or ODU-40G.
OEO
See “optical-electrical-optical conversion” (p. GL-21) for definition.
OOF
See “out of frame” (p. GL-21) for definition.
Open Systems Interconnection reference model (OSI)A seven-layer model that pertains to the logical structure for communications networks
standardized by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO). Adherence to the
standard enables any OSI-compliant system to communicate with any other OSI-compliant
system.
Operations Support System (OSS)
A management system supporting a specific management function, such as alarm surveillance or
provisioning, in a carrier network. Many OSSs are large centralized systems running on
mainframes or minicomputers.
OPR
See “optical path restoration” (p. GL-20) for definition.
OPS
See “optical protection switch” (p. GL-20) for definition.
optical add/drop multiplexer (OADM)
An OADM is a network element which allows a WDM transmission link to add or drop optical
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
GL-19
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 388/403
signals, without converting the photonic stream into an electrical signal. Insertion and extraction
are done using optical filters or demultiplexers. An OADM can be either non-reconfigurable or
reconfigurable; in the latter case, optical switches need to be used.
optical amplifier (OA)
A device that amplifies an input optical signal without converting it into electrical form.
optical carrier level-n (OC-n)
A carrier rate specified in the SONET standard, where n is a numeric.
optical cell
A number of nodes connected by fiber in a predefined manner to provide route diversity to each
node. The simplest form of optical cell is a ring. Statically allocated wavelengths are assigned
within the context of one cell.
optical channel (OCHAN, Och)
An optical wavelength band for WDM optical communications.
optical demultiplexer (ODU)
Value/indicator used for an optical demultiplexer.
optical path protection (OPP)
A protection path is defined when the connection is set up. When a fault is detected on the path,
there is a switch-over from the working path to the protection path to restore the traffic.
optical path restoration (OPR)
A recovery scheme that dynamically finds a protection path when a fault is detected. This method
is usually not capable of matching SDH/SONET recovery time periods (for example, 50 ms).
optical power meter
An instrument that measures the amount of optical power present at the end of a fiber or cable.
optical protection switch (OPS)
An optical circuit pack that provides WDM protection.
optical signal to noise ratio (OSNR)
The ratio between the optical signal power of the data signal and the power of the optical noise
signal.
optical supervisory channel (OSC)
A designated optical channel used to carry communications related to maintenance and
operational functions of the network rather than customer traffic.The OSC supports the following communications: node-to-node, interworking, client LAN, and
orderwire communication.
optical transponder (OT)
An OT is a circuit pack that performs optical-to-electrical to optical (OEO) conversion.
OTs perform frequency adaptation between 1830 PSS equipment and external equipment that is
not optically compatible with 1830 PSS Transport. OTs also provide 3R functionality (retiming,
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-20 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 389/403
reshaping, reamplification) and perform fault management and performance monitoring
(non-intrusive monitoring) on the SONET/SDH and WaveWrapper signal.
optical transport network (OTN)
A fiber-optic network designed to transport customer traffic, such as an SDH or SONET network.
See “Synchronous Digital Hierarchy” (p. GL-28) and “Synchronous Optical Network”
(p. GL-28) for examples.
optical-electrical-optical conversion (OEO)
The process of converting an optical signal to an electrical equivalent and then back to optical
data.
orderwire
A section of the supervisory signal that is used for communication between sites.
OSC
See “optical supervisory channel” (p. GL-20) for definition.
OSHA
See “Occupational Safety and Health Administration)” (p. GL-19) for definition.
OSI
See “Open Systems Interconnection reference model” (p. GL-19) for definition.
OSNR
See “optical signal to noise ratio” (p. GL-20) for definition.
OSP
See “outside plant” (p. GL-21) for definition.
OSS
See “Operations Support System” (p. GL-19) for definition.
OT
See “optical transponder” (p. GL-20) for definition.
OTN
See “optical transport network” (p. GL-21) for definition.
out of frame (OOF)
A state in which the frame alignment sequence of an SDH/SONET frame has not been found for
several consecutive frames.
outside plant (OSP)
Refers to outside the central office/building premises.
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
GL-21
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 390/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
P PCS
See “physical coding sublayer” (p. GL-22) for definition.
PDL
See “polarization dependent loss” (p. GL-22) for definition.
PDU
See “protocol data unit” (p. GL-23) for definition.
performance monitoring (PM)
Measures the quality of service and identifies any degrading or marginally operating systems
(before an alarm would be generated).
photonic cross-connect (PXC)
A fiber cross-connect that operates without optical-electrical-optical conversion. It can have one
or more wavelengths on each fiber or port.
photonic protection switch (PPS)
By provisioning of PPS cards (or optical splitters), automatic protection switch (APS) are
automatically created.
physical coding sublayer (PCS)
PCS layer monitoring used for Ethernet/FC ports.
PM
See “performance monitoring” (p. GL-22) for definition.
PMD
See “polarization mode dispersion” (p. GL-22) for definition.
point-to-point transmission
The transmission between two designated stations.
polarization dependent loss (PDL)
Loss of optical power that occurs during the polarization process. Polarized light waves are light
waves in which the vibrations occur in a single plane. The process of transforming unpolarized
light into polarized light is known as polarization (the orientation of the electric and magnetic
field vectors of a propagating electro-magnetic wave).
polarization mode dispersion (PMD)
PMD is an inherent property of all optical media. It is caused by the difference in the propagation
velocities of light in the orthogonal principal polarization states of the transmission medium. The
net effect is that if an optical pulse contains both polarization components, then the different
polarization components will travel at different speeds and arrive at different times, smearing the
received optical signal.
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-22 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 391/403
PPS
See “photonic protection switch” (p. GL-22) for definition.
protocol data unit (PDU)
A device used for the information exchange between equal protocol layers.
provisioningPlacing and configuring hardware and software required to activate a telecommunications service
for a customer. If the equipment is in place, provisioning may consist of creating or modifying a
customer record in a database to activate the services.
PXC
See “photonic cross-connect” (p. GL-22) for definition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Q QoS
See “quality of service” (p. GL-23) for definition.
quality of service (QoS)
A set of performance parameters that characterize the transmission quality over a given virtual
connection.
QoS can be quantitatively indicated by channel or system performance parameters, such as
signal-to-noise ratio, bit error ratio, message throughput rate, and call blocking probability.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
R rack
A rack is the standardized physical framework on which network equipment such as
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 shelves are mounted. A rack can contain more than one shelf. Also
called bay frames.
random jitter (RJ)
Random jitter is caused by thermal noise and may be modeled as a Gaussian process. The
peak-to-peak value of RJ is of a probabilistic nature, and thus any specific value requires an
associated probability.
receiver
A terminal device that includes a detector and signal processing electronics. It functions as an
optical-to-electrical converter.
receiver sensitivity
The minimum optical power required at a receiver to deliver traffic at a guaranteed bit error rate
(BER). This parameter is specified back-to-back (without the effects of chromatic dispersion or
OSNR degradation).
reconfigurable optical add/drop multiplexer (ROADM)
An optical network element with a configuration that can be changed remotely. The main benefit
of this remote reconfigurability is that it reduces Operating Expenditures (OPEX) when operating
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
GL-23
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 392/403
a DWDM network. OPEX is reduced because the ROADM eases network provisioning and line
tuning at both the initial installation and any upgrades (to increase the capacity or re-allocate
resources to a new demand matrix).
regeneration
Electrical signal regeneration. Typically, OTUk Section regeneration and ODUk transparency is
implied in this context.
remote network monitoring (RMON)
Provides statistics for remote performance monitoring. Defined in standard RFC 2819.
repeater
A receiver and transmitter set designed to amplify attenuated signals. Repeaters are used to extend
operating range. See “in-line amplifier” (p. GL-13) for related term.
request for comment (RFC)
A document that describes the specifications of a technology. RFCs are used by the Internet
Engineering Task Force (IETF) and other standards bodies.
restoration domain
A part of the network where traffic restoration is provided in isolation from the rest of the
network.
RFC
See “request for comment” (p. GL-24) for definition.
RIP
See “routing information protocol” (p. GL-24) for definition.
RJSee “random jitter” (p. GL-23) for definition.
RMON
See “remote network monitoring” (p. GL-24) for definition.
ROADM
See “reconfigurable optical add/drop multiplexer” (p. GL-23) for definition.
routing information protocol (RIP)
RIP is an interior gateway protocol defined by the IETF (RIPv1 - RFC 1058 and RIPv2 - 2453)
that specifies how routers exchange routing table information. RIP is a routing protocol based on
the distance vector algorithm. With RIP, routers periodically exchange entire tables.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
S SA
See “service affecting” (p. GL-25) for definition.
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-24 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 393/403
SAN
See “storage area network” (p. GL-28) for definition.
SC
See “shelf controller” (p. GL-26) for definition.
scatteringThe change of direction of light rays or photons after striking small particles. It may also be
regarded as the diffusion of a light beam caused by the inhomogeneity of the transmitting
material.
SCOT
See “software control of transmission” (p. GL-27) for definition.
SDH
See “Synchronous Digital Hierarchy” (p. GL-28) for definition.
secure shell (SSH)
An encrypted method of transmitting data.
segment
A pair of OSP fibers connecting two sites.
SELV
Safety extra low voltage.
service affecting (SA)
Refers to a condition that impacts or interferes with network service.
Service Level Agreement (SLA)
A contract between a network service provider and a customer that specifies, usually in
measurable terms, what services the network service provider will provide.
services
Within the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 system, services can be offered directly to end customers
or be used internally to a network as transport infrastructure.
SFC
See “static filter, CWDM” (p. GL-27) for definition.
SFD
See “static filter, DWDM” (p. GL-28) for definition.
SFP
See “small form-factor pluggable module” (p. GL-26) for definition.
shared risk group (SRG)
A shared risk group is a group of items that are likely to be affected by a single fault. The items
therefore share the risk of experiencing the fault.
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
GL-25
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 394/403
shelf
A shelf is a mechanical facility that is in general a housing for circuit packs. Shelves are housed in
Bays.
An Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 node consists of one or more physical shelves equipped with
cards. The shelf provides a chassis or cage with a backplane that can contain multiple cards. The
shelf is mounted in a rack. Each shelf has a shelf controller card, plus its redundant mate. Every
node has one shelf that has its shelf controllers designated as the master controller for the node.
The node appears as a single point in the network topology to the network management system.
Connections between nodes use network links. See “node” (p. GL-18) for related term.
shelf controller (SC)
The SC card in a Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 shelf.
signaling transfer point (STP)
A node in a common channel signalling network with the function of transferring messages from
one signalling link to another and considered exclusively from the viewpoint of the transfer
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)SNMP is the protocol used to communicate between the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 nodes and
the NMS. The SNMP traffic is carried over the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 control network.
simplex
A single element (for example, a simplex connector is a single-fiber connector).
single-mode fiber (SMF)
A type of fiber which is very small in diameter and allows the light to be reflected in a single way
along the lightguide such that there is coherence in the arrival of the light signal.
site
The termination location of OSP cables. Each site can contain one or more NEs and one or moreglass-through connections.
SLA
See “Service Level Agreement” (p. GL-25) for definition.
small form-factor pluggable module (SFP)
An optical modular, hot-pluggable transceiver (compatible with IEEE-802.3z) designed for use
with small form factor (SFF) connectors, offering high speed and physical compactness. SFP
transceivers perform at data speeds of up to 5 gigabits per second, and possibly higher.
The SFP modules can be easily interchanged, therefore, electro-optical or fiber optic networks can
be upgraded and maintained more conveniently than has been the case with traditional soldered-inmodules. Rather than replacing an entire circuit board containing several soldered-in modules, a
single module can be removed and replaced for repair or upgrading. This can result in a
substantial cost savings, both in maintenance and in upgrading efforts.
SMF
See “single-mode fiber” (p. GL-26) for definition.
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-26 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 395/403
SNCP
See “Sub-Network Connection Protocol” (p. GL-28) for definition.
SNMP
See “Simple Network Management Protocol” (p. GL-26) for definition.
software control of transmission (SCOT)System software that controls the settings of EDFA pumps, VOAs, Raman pumps, DCM pumps,
DGEFs, and blockers in the ROADM NEs.
software generic (SW generic)
The whole software and (static) data associated with a particular NE release.
SONET
See “Synchronous Optical Network” (p. GL-28) for definition.
SONET wavelength service
The SONET wavelength service provides transport of SONET signals through the Alcatel-Lucent
1830 PSS-32 network.
span
A fiber link between NEs that can be unidirectional or bidirectional, depending on the network
design. Multiple segments in tandem are connected by glass-through connections.
span loss
Loss (in dB) of optical power due to the span transmission medium (includes fiber loss and splice
losses).
splice
A permanent connection of two optical fibers through fusion or mechanical means.
SRG
See “shared risk group” (p. GL-25) for definition.
SSH
See “secure shell” (p. GL-25) for definition.
SSMF
See “standard single-mode fiber” (p. GL-27) for definition.
ST
See “straight-tip connector” (p. GL-28) for definition.
standard single-mode fiber (SSMF)
This is the most common type of fiber deployed. This fiber was designed to provide zero
chromatic dispersion at 1310 nm, to support the early long-haul transmission systems operating at
this wavelength. It has a chromatic dispersion of at most 20 ps/(nm*km) in the 1550 nm
wavelength range and usually around 17 ps/(nm*km).
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
GL-27
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 396/403
static filter, CWDM (SFC)
A static filter card used with a CWDM circuit pack.
static filter, DWDM (SFD)
A static filter card used with a DWDM circuit pack.
storage area network (SAN)A high-speed special-purpose network (or subnetwork) that interconnects different kinds of data
storage devices with associated data servers on behalf of a larger network of users.
STP
See “signaling transfer point” (p. GL-26) for definition.
straight-tip connector (ST)
Fiber optic connector that uses a bayonet-style coupling rather than a screw-on coupling.
STS, STS-n
See “synchronous transport signal-n” (p. GL-28) for definition.
Sub-Network Connection Protocol (SNCP)
An SDH version of UPSR. See SDH and UPSR.
SW generic
See “software generic” (p. GL-27) for definition.
Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH)
A family of digital transmission rates used outside of the U.S. and Japan from 51.84 Mbps to 40
Gbps that allows the interconnection of transmission products around the world.
SDH is the standard technology for synchronous data transmission on optical media. It is the
international equivalent of Synchronous Optical Network (SONET). Both SDH and SONET
technologies provide faster and less costly network interconnection than traditional
Plesiochronous Digital Hierarchy (PDH) equipment.
Synchronous Optical Network (SONET)
A North-American standard developed by Telecordia and adapted by ANSI for the optical
long-distance networks.
SONET is the interface standard for synchronous optical-fiber transmission, applicable to the
physical layer of the OSI reference model. SONET has a basic bit rate of 51.840 Mbps, called
OC-1, that is used to define higher rates (OC-3, OC-12, OC-48, and so on) carried as a channel on
an optical fiber.
synchronous signalA data signal that is sent along with a clock signal.
synchronous transport signal-n (STS, STS-n)
The basic logical building block signal with a rate of 51.840 Mbps for an STS-1 signal and a rate
of n times 51.840 Mbps for an STS-n signal (where n is a numeric).
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-28 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 397/403
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
T tap
The entry point into a system module.
target identifier (TID)
A provisionable parameter used to identify an NE within a TL1 command.
TCA
See “threshold crossing alert” (p. GL-29) for definition.
TCP
See “Transmission Control Protocol” (p. GL-30) for definition.
TCP/IP
A suite of several networking protocols developed for the Internet that provides communication
across interconnected networks, between computers with diverse hardware architectures and
various operating systems. Some examples are FTP, SMTP, and SNMP.
TDM
See “time-division multiplexing” (p. GL-29) for definition.
Telecommunications Management Network (TMN)
A network that interfaces with a telecommunications network at several points to receive
information from, and to control the operation of, the telecommunications network.
thermal noise
Noise resulting from thermally induced random fluctuation in the receiver's load resistance
current.
threshold crossing alert (TCA)
A condition set when a counter exceeds a user-selected high or low threshold. A TCA does not
generate an alarm but is available on demand through the CIT.
TID
See “target identifier” (p. GL-29) for definition.
time-division multiplexing (TDM)
A multiplexing technique whereby two or more channels are derived from a transmission medium
by dividing access to the medium into sequential intervals. Each channel has access to the entire
bandwidth of the medium during its interval. This implies that one transmitter uses one channel to
send several bit streams of information.
TL1 (Transaction language 1)
An OS/NE machine-to-machine language. TL1 messages are expressed as ASCII strings. TL1
messages and syntax are defined by Telecordia.
TMN
See “Telecommunications Management Network” (p. GL-29) for definition.
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
GL-29
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 398/403
TOADM
See “tunable optical add/drop multiplexer” (p. GL-30) for definition.
topology
The pattern of interconnections between nodes in a network, such as a ring or hub. A network
topology database contains information regarding each link in the network.
traffic grooming
Traffic can be consolidated, aggregated, or separated to achieve efficiencies of routing.
Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)
A protocol used with the Internet Protocol to send data in the form of message units between
computers over the Internet. While IP handles the actual delivery of the data, TCP keeps track of
the individual units of data (called packets) that a message is divided into for efficient routing
through the Internet.
traps (SNMP)
SNMP traps are unacknowledged events sent from an agent to a manager. In a Alcatel-Lucent1830 PSS-32 network, the agent is the node and the manager is EMS.
tunable optical add/drop multiplexer (TOADM)
A tunable ROADM that yields the ultimate in operational flexibility, especially when used in
conjunction with transponders with tunable wavelength lasers.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
U UDP
See “user datagram protocol” (p. GL-31) for definition.
UL
See “Underwriters Laboratories” (p. GL-30) for definition.
Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
A U.S. non-profit privately owned and operated product safety testing and certification
organization. Develops standards and test procedures for products, materials, components,
assemblies, tools and equipment, chiefly dealing with product safety.
unidirectional path-switched ring (UPSR)
A survivable, closed loop transport architecture that protects against cable cuts and node failures
by providing duplicate, geographically diverse paths for each service. Adjacent nodes on the ring
are interconnected using a single pair of optical fibers. One fiber transports traffic in one direction
(for example, clockwise), while the second fiber transports traffic in the opposite direction (for example, counterclockwise). In a UPSR, the source node bridges its outgoing traffic along
opposite directions around the ring (on paths provided by SONET synchronous transport
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-30 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 399/403
channels). In contrast to BLSR, a UPSR:
• is path-specific as opposed to line specific
• does not allow extra traffic (because traffic is bridged)
• requires less coordination from source to destination (because the destination network
element can make all its decisions without involving the source)
UPSR
See “unidirectional path-switched ring” (p. GL-30) for definition.
user datagram protocol (UDP)
A minimal, datagram-oriented, transport network protocol above the IP network layer that does
not guarantee data ordering or delivery. Because it is datagram-oriented, each send operation by
the application results in the transmission of a single IP datagram. This contrasts with the
Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) which is byte stream oriented and guarantees the delivery
and ordering of the bytes sent. Because it is a byte stream oriented, a single send operation may
result in a no IP datagrams (buffering), a single IP datagram, or multiple IP datagrams.
user services
Services that the network provider can sell to their customers, such as Ethernet service.
UTC
Coordinated universal time.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
V variable optical attenuator (VOA)
A device used to set the attenuation of the power received over a fiber to a level required by the
receiving equipment.
VCAT
See “virtual concatenation” (p. GL-31) for definition.
very short reach (VSR)
A SONET/SDH interface that provides a low-cost interconnection solution of less than 300
meters between routers, switches, and DWDM systems.
virtual concatenation (VCAT)
Defines an inverse multiplexing procedure whereby the contiguous bandwidth is broken into
individual Virtual Containers (VC) at the source transmitter and logically represented in a Virtual
Concatenation Group (VCG). VCG members are transported as individual VCs across the
SONET/SDH network and recombined at the destination VCG receiver. While contiguousconcatenation requires concatenation functionality at each network element, virtual concatenation
do not.
virtual time-slot (VTS)
1830 PSS-1 GBEH Edge Device has a fixed assignment of 10 Virtual Time Slots to each line port.
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
GL-31
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 400/403
VOA
See “variable optical attenuator” (p. GL-31) for definition.
VSR
See “very short reach” (p. GL-31) for definition.
VTSSee “virtual time-slot” (p. GL-31) for definition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
W wave division multiplexing (WDM)
WDM merges optical traffic onto one common fiber, sending several signals through one fiber
with different wavelengths of light. WDM allows flexibility in expanding bandwidth. It reduces
costly mux/demux function, and it reuses existing optical signals.See dense wave division
multiplexing (DWDM).
wave key
A component of the Wavelength Tracker monitoring capability that is used to identify individualwavelengths through the network.
A wave key is a number between 1 and 2048. Each WDM wavelength in a 1830 PSS-32 network
is uniquely identified by a pair of wave keys.
waveguide
A material medium that confines and guides a propagating electromagnetic wave.
waveguide coupler
A coupler that transfers light between planar waveguides.
wavelength
The distance between points of corresponding phase of two consecutive cycles of a wave,
typically measured in nanometers (nm). The wavelength is related to the propagation velocity and
the frequency. (Also called lambda.)
wavelength growth
A type of growth in which all eight wavelengths are added to a single line before more lines are
added.
Wavelength Tracker monitoring capability
Wavelength Tracker monitoring capability is a patented feature of Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32
which allows for the tracking of wavelengths through the Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-32 network,
and for the measuring of the wavelengths' optical power levels at certain points along their paths.
WaveWrapper
WaveWrapper provides network management functions such as optical-layer performance
monitoring, error correction, and ring protection on a per-wavelength basis.
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-32 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 401/403
WDM
See “wave division multiplexing” (p. GL-32) for definition.
WDM demand
The termination points and signal type of a service that is to be carried by the WDM network.
WDM lineA contiguous series of spans terminated by a ROADM at each end. A WDM line can be a single
span or a series of spans joined by the in-line amplifiers (ILAs).
Web user interface (WebUI)
A computer interface that provides web-based access to the network element (NE).
WebUI
See “Web user interface” (p. GL-33) for definition.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
X XFP (10-gigabit small form factor pluggable module)A pluggable optical transceiver module that combines transmitter and receiver functions in one
compact, flexible, and low cost package format. Up to sixteen XFP modules can be arranged on a
typical rack card, allowing for an unprecedented level of data density. XFP is protocol
independent, are can support OC-192/STM-64, 10 Gigabit Ethernet, 10 Gigabit Fibre Channel,
and G.709 data streams in routers, switches and network cards. Reaches ranging from Very Short
Reach (VSR) to Long Reach (LR) can also be supported.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Y Y-coupler
A coupler that has three waveguide legs joined at the center in a “Y” shape which connects an
input port to two output ports or two-input ports to a single output port.
...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Z ZIC (zero-installation craft)
An NE-imbedded graphical user interface (GUI) application for local operation and maintenance.
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0Issue 2 October 2013
GL-33
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 402/403
Glossary
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
GL-34 Alcatel-Lucent 1830 PSS-43KC-13323-AAAA-TQZZA Release 6.0
Issue 2 October 2013
7/23/2019 3KC13323AAAATQZZA_V1_1830 Photonic Service Switch 4 (PSS-4) Release 6.0 Installation and System Turn-up Gui…
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/3kc13323aaaatqzzav11830-photonic-service-switch-4-pss-4-release-60-installation 403/403
Index
A about this document, xix
.............................................................
B Before you begin, 2-2
.............................................................
C Cleaning optical connectors, A-3
Cleaning other optical
components, A-7
CLI access, 4-16
configure GNE for management
system access, 4-35
configure system properties, 4-58
.............................................................
E example configuration of ftpserver, 4-60
.............................................................
F Fiber cleaning, A-3
.............................................................
G Glossary, GL-1
.............................................................
I ID module replacement 2-44
.............................................................
L loopback IP address, 4-28
.............................................................
N NE date and time, 4-41
.............................................................
R rack installation, 2-7
.............................................................
S SDH mode, 4-27
Shelf cover installation, 2-103
software environment, 4-18
.............................................................
U update firmware, 4-52